Annual Statements Open main menu

Lantheus Holdings, Inc. - Annual Report: 2016 (Form 10-K)

Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
     SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
     SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number 001-36569

 

 

LANTHEUS HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   35-2318913
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S Employer Identification No.)
331 Treble Cove Road, North Billerica, MA   01862
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(978) 671-8001

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

  

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

   NASDAQ Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☑

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☑    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ☑    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K  ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☑  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Act)    Yes  ☐    No  ☑

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2016 was approximately $49.1 million based on the last reported sale price of the registrant’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on June 30, 2016 of $ 3.67 per share.

As of February 21, 2017 the registrant had 36,840,138 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Listed hereunder are the documents, portions of which are incorporated by reference, and the parts of this Form 10-K into which such portions are incorporated:

The Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for use in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 27, 2017, portions of which are incorporated by reference into Parts II and III of this Form 10-K. The 2017 Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the close of our year ended December 31, 2016.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LANTHEUS HOLDINGS, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
PART I  

Item 1.

   Business      4  

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors      30  

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments      53  

Item 2.

   Properties      54  

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings      54  

Item 4.

   Mine Safety Disclosures      54  
PART II  

Item 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      55  

Item 6.

   Selected Financial Data      57  

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      62  

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      82  

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      84  

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      121  

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures      121  

Item 9B.

   Other Information      122  
PART III  

Item 10.

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      123  

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation      123  

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      123  

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      123  

Item 14.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services      123  
PART IV  

Item 15.

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules      124  

Item 16.

   Form 10-K Summary      124  

SIGNATURES

     125  

EXHIBIT INDEX

     127  


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Lantheus,” “the Company,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Lantheus Holdings, Inc. and, as the context requires, its direct and indirect subsidiaries, references to “Lantheus Holdings” refer to Lantheus Holdings, Inc. and references to “LMI” refer to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary.

Some of the statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements, including, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies, prospects and industry estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements identify prospective information and include words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “should,” “could,” “predicts,” “hopes” and similar expressions. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding: (i) our outlook and expectations including, without limitation, in connection with continued market expansion and penetration for our commercial products, particularly DEFINITY in the face of increased competition; (ii) our outlook and expectations in connection with future performance of Xenon in the face of increased competition; (iii) our outlook and expectations related to products manufactured at Jubilant HollisterStier (“JHS”) and global isotope supply; (iv) our ability to finalize our previously announced collaboration and license transaction with GE Healthcare Ltd. (“GE Healthcare”) and our outlook and expectations related to the development and commercialization of flurpiridaz F 18 through that collaboration; and (v) our liquidity, including our belief that our existing cash, cash equivalents, anticipated revenues and availability under our revolving credit facility (“Revolving Facility”) are sufficient to fund our existing operating expenses, capital expenditures and liquidity requirements for at least the next twelve months. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. The matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may not in fact occur. We caution you therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include regional, national or global political, economic, business, competitive, market and regulatory conditions and the following:

 

    Our ability to continue to increase segment penetration for DEFINITY in suboptimal echocardiograms and the segment competition from other echocardiography contrast agents, including Optison from GE Healthcare and Lumason from Bracco Diagnostics Inc. (“Bracco”);

 

    Risks associated with revenues and unit volumes for Xenon in pulmonary studies and the competition in this generic segment from IBA Molecular/Mallinckrodt (“IBAM”);

 

    Our dependence on key customers for our medical imaging products, and our ability to maintain and profitably renew our contracts with those key customers, including Cardinal Health (“Cardinal”), United Pharmacy Partners (“UPPI”), GE Healthcare and Triad Isotopes (“Triad”);

 

    Our dependence upon third parties for the manufacture and supply of a substantial portion of our products, including DEFINITY at JHS;

 

    Risks associated with the technology transfer programs to secure production of our products at alternate contract manufacturer sites, including our next generation DEFINITY product at Samsung BioLogics (“SBL”);

 

    Risks associated with the manufacturing and distribution of our products and the regulatory requirements related thereto;

 

    The instability of the global Molybdenum-99 (“Moly”) supply;

 

1


Table of Contents
    The dependence of certain of our customers upon third party healthcare payors and the uncertainty of third party coverage and reimbursement rates;

 

    Uncertainties regarding the impact of U.S. healthcare reform on our business, including related reimbursements for our current and potential future products;

 

    Our being subject to extensive government regulation and our potential inability to comply with those regulations;

 

    Potential liability associated with our marketing and sales practices;

 

    The occurrence of any side effects with our products;

 

    Our exposure to potential product liability claims and environmental liability;

 

    Risks associated with our lead agent in development, flurpiridaz F 18, including:

 

    Our ability to finalize our previously announced collaboration and license transaction with GE Healthcare;

 

    The ability to obtain Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) approval; and

 

    The ability to gain post-approval market acceptance and adequate reimbursement;

 

    The extensive costs, time and uncertainty associated with new product development, including further product development potentially relying on external development partners;

 

    Our inability to introduce new products and adapt to an evolving technology and diagnostic landscape;

 

    Our inability to identify and in-license or acquire additional products to grow our business;

 

    Our inability to protect our intellectual property and the risk of claims that we have infringed on the intellectual property of others;

 

    Risks associated with prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors beyond our control;

 

    Risks associated with our international operations;

 

    Our inability to adequately protect our facilities, equipment and technology infrastructure;

 

    Our inability to hire or retain skilled employees and key personnel;

 

    Risks related to our outstanding indebtedness and our ability to satisfy those obligations;

 

    Costs and other risks associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act;

 

    Risks related to the ownership of our common stock; and

 

    Other factors that are described in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 30.

Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those that are discussed in other documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Annual Report on Form 10-K report speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

 

2


Table of Contents

Trademarks

We own or have the rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names, including, among others, the following: DEFINITY®, TechneLite®, Cardiolite®, Neurolite®, Vialmix®, Quadramet® (U.S. only) and Lantheus Medical Imaging® referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Solely for convenience, we refer to trademarks, service marks and trade names in this Annual Report on Form 10-K without the TM, SM and ® symbols. Those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks, service marks and trade names. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, such as Lumason®, Myoview®, Optison® and SonoVue® are, to our knowledge, owned by that other company.

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

We are a global leader in the development, manufacture and commercialization of innovative diagnostic medical imaging agents and products that assist clinicians in the diagnosis and treatment of cardiovascular and other diseases. Clinicians use our imaging agents and products across a range of imaging modalities, including echocardiography and nuclear imaging. We believe that the resulting improved diagnostic information enables healthcare providers to better detect and characterize, or rule out, disease, potentially achieving improved patient outcomes, reducing patient risk and limiting overall costs for payers and the entire healthcare system. Our commercial products are used by cardiologists, nuclear physicians, radiologists, internal medicine physicians, sonographers and technologists working in a variety of clinical settings.

We sell our products globally and operate our business in two reportable segments, which are further described below:

 

    U.S. Segment produces and markets our medical imaging agents and products throughout the U.S. In the U.S., we primarily sell our products to radiopharmacies, integrated delivery networks, hospitals, clinics and group practices.

 

    International Segment operations consist of production and distribution activities in Puerto Rico and direct distribution activities in Canada. Additionally, within our International Segment, we have established and maintain third-party distribution relationships under which our products are marketed and sold in Europe, Canada, Australia, Asia Pacific and Latin America.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we sold certain business units that were part of our International Segment business. In January 2016, we entered into an asset purchase agreement pursuant to which we sold substantially all of our Canadian radiopharmacy business and Gludef manufacturing and distribution business. In August 2016, we entered into a share purchase agreement pursuant to which we sold all of the stock of our Australian radiopharmacy servicing subsidiary. See Footnote 5, “Sales of Certain International Segment Assets” included in the consolidated financial statements located elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

For further information on our products and segments, see “—Our Product Portfolio” within this Item 1. “Business.”

Our Product Portfolio

Our portfolio of nine commercial products is diversified across a range of imaging modalities. Our products include an ultrasound contrast agent and medical radiopharmaceuticals (including technetium generators).

 

    Ultrasound contrast agents are compounds that are used in diagnostic procedures such as cardiac ultrasounds, or echocardiograms that are used by physicians to improve the clarity of the diagnostic image.

 

    Medical radiopharmaceuticals are radioactive pharmaceuticals used by clinicians to perform nuclear imaging procedures.

 

    In certain circumstances, a radioactive element, or radioisotope, is attached to a chemical compound to form the radiopharmaceutical. This act of attaching the radioisotope to the chemical compound is called radiolabeling, or labeling.

 

    In other circumstances, a radioisotope can be used as a radiopharmaceutical without attaching any additional chemical compound.

 

4


Table of Contents
    Radioisotopes are most commonly manufactured in a nuclear research reactor, where a target is bombarded with subatomic particles, or in a cyclotron, which is a type of particle accelerator that also creates radioisotopes.

 

    Two common forms of nuclear imaging procedures are single-photon emission computed tomography (“SPECT”) which measures gamma rays emitted by a SPECT radiopharmaceutical, and positron emission tomography (“PET”) which measures positrons emitted by a PET radiopharmaceutical.

As an example of the procedures in which our products may be used, in the diagnosis of cardiovascular disease, a typical diagnostic progression could include an electrocardiogram, followed by an echocardiogram (possibly using our agent DEFINITY), and then a nuclear myocardial perfusion imaging (“MPI”) study using either SPECT or PET imaging (possibly using our technetium generator and our SPECT-based MPI agent). An MPI study assesses blood flow distribution to the heart. MPI is also used for diagnosing the presence of coronary artery disease.

DEFINITY

DEFINITY is the leading ultrasound contrast imaging agent based on revenue and usage in the U.S., and is indicated for use in patients with suboptimal echocardiograms. Numerous patient conditions can decrease the quality of images of the left ventricle, the primary pumping chamber of the heart.

Of the total number of echocardiograms performed each year in the U.S.—over 31.8 million in 2016—a third party source estimates that approximately 20%, or approximately 6.4 million echocardiograms in 2016, produce suboptimal images. The use of DEFINITY during echocardiography allows physicians to significantly improve their assessment of the function of the left ventricle.

DEFINITY is a clear, colorless, sterile liquid, which, upon activation in a Vialmix apparatus, a medical device specifically designed for DEFINITY, becomes a homogenous, opaque, milky white injectable suspension of perflutren-containing lipid microspheres. After activation and intravenous injection, DEFINITY improves the ultrasound delineation of the left ventricular endocardial border, or innermost layer of tissue that lines the chamber of the left ventricle. Better visualization of the ventricle wall allows clinicians to see wall motion abnormalities, namely that the heart muscle is not expanding and contracting in a normal, consistent and predictable way. We believe this allows clinicians to make more informed decisions about disease status.

DEFINITY offers flexible dosing and administration through an IV bolus injection or continuous IV infusion. We believe DEFINITY’s synthetic lipid-cased coating gives the compound a distinct competitive advantage, because it provides a strong ultrasound signal and is the only perflutren-based echo contrast agent made without albumin. As a result, we believe DEFINITY will be a key driver of the future growth of our business, both in the U.S. and in international markets as we continue to grow contrast penetration through sales and marketing efforts focused on the appropriate use of contrast and maintain our leading position.

Since its launch in 2001, DEFINITY has been used in imaging procedures in more than 8.1 million patients throughout the world. In 2016, DEFINITY was the leading ultrasound imaging agent based on revenue and usage, used by echocardiologists and sonographers. We estimate that DEFINITY had an approximately 80% share of the U.S. market for contrast agents in echocardiography procedures as of December 2016. DEFINITY currently competes with Optison, a GE Healthcare product, Lumason, a Bracco product (known as SonoVue outside the U.S.) as well as other non-echocardiography imaging modalities. DEFINITY, Optison and Lumason all carry an FDA-required boxed warning, which has been modified over time, to notify physicians and patients about potentially serious safety concerns or risks posed by the products. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—Ultrasound contrast agents may cause side effects which could limit our ability to sell DEFINITY.”

DEFINITY is currently patent protected in the U.S. with a composition of matter patent expiring in 2019 and a manufacturing patent expiring in 2021. In addition, DEFINITY is protected in numerous foreign

 

5


Table of Contents

jurisdictions with patent or regulatory protection until 2019. We also have an active next generation development program for this agent. DEFINITY generated revenues of $131.6 million, $111.9 million and $95.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. DEFINITY represented approximately 44%, 38% and 32% of our revenues in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

TechneLite

TechneLite is a self-contained system or generator of Technetium (Tc99m), a radioactive isotope with a six hour half-life, used by radiopharmacies to prepare various nuclear imaging agents. Technetium results from the radioactive decay of Moly itself a radioisotope with a 66-hour half-life produced in nuclear research reactors around the world from enriched uranium. The TechneLite generator is a little larger than a coffee can in size, and the self-contained system houses a vertical glass column at its core that contains Moly. During our manufacturing process, Moly is added to the column within the generator where it is adsorbed onto alumina powder. The column is sterilized, enclosed in a lead shield and further sealed in a cylindrical plastic container, which is then immediately shipped to our radiopharmacy customers. Because of the short half-lives of Moly and technetium, radiopharmacies typically purchase TechneLite generators on a weekly basis pursuant to standing orders.

The technetium produced by our TechneLite generator is the medical radioisotope that can be attached to a number of imaging agents, including our own Cardiolite products and Neurolite, during the radiolabeling process. To radiolabel a technetium-based radiopharmaceutical, a vial of sterile saline and a vacuum vial are each affixed to the top of a TechneLite generator. The sterile saline is pulled through the generator where it attracts technetium resulting from the radioactive decay of Moly within the generator column. The technetium-containing radioactive saline is then pulled into the vacuum vial and subsequently combined by a radiopharmacist with the applicable imaging agent, and individual patient-specific radiolabeled imaging agent doses are then prepared. When administered, the imaging agent binds to specific tissues or organs for a period of time, enabling the technetium to illustrate the functional health of the imaged tissues or organs in a diagnostic image. Our ability to produce and market TechneLite is highly dependent on our supply of Moly. See “Raw Materials and Supply Relationships—Molybdenum-99” below.

TechneLite is produced in thirteen sizes and is currently marketed primarily in North America and Latin America, largely to radiopharmacies that prepare unit doses of radiopharmaceutical imaging agents and that ship these preparations directly to hospitals for administration to patients. In the U.S., we have supply contracts with significant radiopharmacy chains, including Cardinal, UPPI, GE Healthcare and Triad. We also supply generators on a purchase order basis with other customers. We estimate that TechneLite had an approximately 40% share of the U.S. generator market as of December 31, 2016, competing primarily with technetium-based generators produced by IBAM. In Puerto Rico, we also supply TechneLite to our owned radiopharmacy to prepare radiopharmaceutical imaging agent unit doses. In Canada, where we sold our radiopharmacies in January 2016, we have a supply agreement with Isologic (the “Isologic Supply Agreement”), the buyer of those radiopharmacies. Under the Isologic Supply Agreement, we will supply Isologic with certain of our products on commercial terms, including certain product purchase commitments by Isologic. The agreement expires in January 2021 and may be terminated upon the occurrence of specified events, including a material breach by the other party, bankruptcy by either party or certain force majeure events. In Australia, where we sold our radiopharmacy servicing business in August 2016, we have a supply agreement with Global Medical Solutions (“GMS”), the buyer of that business (the “GMS Supply Agreement”). Under the GMS Supply Agreement, we supply GMS with certain of our products on commercial terms, including certain minimum product purchase commitments by GMS. The agreement expires in August 2020 and may be terminated in whole or in part on a product-by-product basis upon the occurrence of specified events, including a material breach by the other party, bankruptcy by either party or certain force majeure events.

The Moly used in our TechneLite generators can be produced using targets made of either highly-enriched uranium (“HEU”) or low-enriched uranium (“LEU”). LEU consists of uranium that contains less than 20% of the uranium-235 isotope. HEU is often considered weapons grade material, with 20% or more of uranium-235. On

 

6


Table of Contents

January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Medical Isotopes Production Act of 2012 (“AMIPA”), as part of the 2013 National Defense Authorization Act. AMIPA encourages the domestic production of LEU Moly and provides for the eventual prohibition of the export of HEU from the U.S. Although Medicare generally does not provide separate payment to hospitals for the use of diagnostic radiopharmaceuticals administered in an outpatient setting, since January 1, 2013, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”), the federal agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, has provided an add-on payment under the hospital outpatient prospective payment system for every technetium diagnostic dose produced from non-HEU sourced Moly, to cover the marginal cost for radioisotopes produced from non-HEU sources. Our LEU TechneLite generator satisfies the reimbursement requirements under the applicable CMS rules.

TechneLite has patent protection in the U.S. and various foreign countries on certain component technology currently expiring in 2029. In addition, given the significant know-how and trade secrets associated with the methods of manufacturing and assembling the TechneLite generator, we believe we have a substantial amount of valuable and defensible proprietary intellectual property associated with the product. We believe that our substantial capital investments in our highly automated TechneLite production line and our extensive experience in complying with the stringent regulatory requirements for the handling of nuclear materials create significant and sustainable competitive advantages for us in generator manufacturing and distribution. TechneLite generated revenues of $99.2 million, $72.6 million and $93.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. TechneLite represented approximately 33%, 25% and 31% of our revenues in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Xenon Xe 133 Gas

Xenon is a radiopharmaceutical gas that is inhaled and used to assess pulmonary function and also to image cerebral blood flow. Our Xenon is manufactured by a third party as a bi-product of Moly production and is processed and finished by us. We are currently the leading provider of Xenon in the U.S. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, Xenon Xe 133 Gas represented approximately 10%, 17% and 12% of our revenues, respectively.

Other Commercial Products

In addition to the products listed above, our portfolio of commercial products also includes important imaging agents in specific segments, which provide a stable base of recurring revenue. Most of these products have a favorable industry position as a result of our substantial infrastructure investment, specialized workforce, technical know-how and supplier and customer relationships.

 

    Neurolite is an injectable, technetium-labeled imaging agent used with SPECT technology to identify the area within the brain where blood flow has been blocked or reduced due to stroke. We launched Neurolite in 1995.

 

    Cardiolite, also known by its generic name sestamibi, is an injectable, technetium-labeled imaging agent used in MPI procedures to assess blood flow to the muscle of the heart using SPECT. Cardiolite was approved by the FDA in 1990 and its market exclusivity expired in July 2008. Included in Cardiolite revenues are branded Cardiolite and generic sestamibi revenues.

 

    Thallium Tl 201 is an injectable radiopharmaceutical imaging agent used in MPI studies to detect cardiovascular disease. We have marketed Thallium since 1977 and manufacture the agent using cyclotron technology.

 

    FDG is an injectable, fluorine-18-radiolabeled imaging agent used with PET technology to identify and characterize tumors in patients undergoing oncologic diagnostic procedures. We manufacture and distribute FDG from our Puerto Rico radiopharmacy.

 

7


Table of Contents
    Gallium Ga 67 is an injectable radiopharmaceutical imaging agent used to detect certain infections and cancerous tumors, especially lymphoma. We manufacture Gallium using cyclotron technology.

 

    Quadramet, our only therapeutic product, is an injectable radiopharmaceutical used to treat severe bone pain associated with metastatic bone lesions. We serve as the direct manufacturer and supplier of Quadramet in the U.S.

For consolidated revenues and other consolidated financial information for our U.S. and International segments, see Footnote 18, “Segment Information” to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Distribution, Marketing and Sales

The following table sets forth certain key market information for each of our commercial products:

 

Product

  

Currently Marketed

  

Regulatory Approval,

but Not Currently Marketed

DEFINITY

  

United States, Canada,

Australia, South Korea, New Zealand, United Kingdom, Netherlands, Germany

   Europe(1), Israel, India(2), Singapore, Mexico

TechneLite

  

United States, Canada,

Caribbean Islands, Colombia,

Costa Rica, Taiwan

   South Korea, Mexico, Panama, Australia

Xenon Xe 133 Gas

   United States, Taiwan    Canada

Cardiolite

  

United States, Canada, Cost Rica, Israel, Japan,

South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand,

Australia, New Zealand, Hong Kong, Panama, Philippines

   Colombia, Mexico

Neurolite

  

United States, Canada, Costa Rica, Japan,

Hong Kong, Philippines, Australia,

New Zealand, Taiwan, Thailand,

Europe(3)

   South Korea, Taiwan, Mexico, Europe(4)

Thallium Tl 201

  

United States, Canada, Australia,

South Korea, Pakistan, Panama, Taiwan

   New Zealand

Gallium Ga67

  

United States, Canada, Colombia, Mexico,

Pakistan, Australia, Costa Rica, South Korea,

Panama, Taiwan, New Zealand

   None

FDG

   Puerto Rico    None

Quadramet

   United States    None

 

(1) Other than the United Kingdom, Netherlands, Germany and Austria.
(2) JHS is pending approval in India.
(3) Excluding Austria, Belgium, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg, Norway, Slovenia, Spain and Sweden.
(4) JHS has regulatory approval pending for Neurolite in Austria, Belgium, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg, Norway, Slovenia, Spain and Sweden.

In the U.S. and Canada, we sell DEFINITY through our sales team of 78 employees that call on healthcare providers in the echocardiography space, as well as group purchasing organizations and integrated delivery networks.

Our radiopharmaceutical products are sold in the U.S. through a small nuclear products sales team, primarily to radiopharmacies. We sell a majority of our radiopharmaceutical products in the U.S. to four

 

8


Table of Contents

radiopharmacy groups—namely Cardinal, UPPI, GE Healthcare and Triad. Our contractual distribution and other arrangements with these radiopharmacy groups are as follows:

 

    Cardinal maintains approximately 131 radiopharmacies that are typically located in large, densely populated urban areas in the U.S. We estimate that Cardinal’s radiopharmacies distributed approximately 44% of the aggregate U.S. SPECT doses sold in the first half of 2016 (the latest information currently available to us). Our written supply agreement with Cardinal relating to TechneLite, Xenon, Neurolite and other products expires on December 31, 2017. The agreement specifies pricing levels and requirements to purchase minimum shares of certain products during certain periods. The agreement may be terminated upon the occurrence of specified events, including a material breach by the other party and certain force majeure events.

 

    UPPI is a cooperative purchasing group (roughly analogous to a group purchasing organization) of approximately 77 independently owned or smaller chain radiopharmacies located in the U.S. UPPI’s radiopharmacies are typically broadly dispersed geographically, with some urban presence and a substantial number of radiopharmacies located in suburban and rural areas of the country. We estimate that these independent radiopharmacies, together with an additional 36 unaffiliated, independent radiopharmacies, distributed approximately 26% of the aggregate U.S. SPECT doses sold in the first half of 2016. We currently have an agreement with UPPI for the distribution of TechneLite, Xenon and certain other products to radiopharmacies or families of radiopharmacies within the UPPI cooperative purchasing group. The agreement contains specified pricing levels based upon specified purchase amounts for UPPI. We are entitled to terminate the UPPI agreement upon 60 days written notice. The UPPI agreement expires on December 31, 2019.

 

    GE Healthcare maintains 31 radiopharmacies in the U.S. that purchase our TechneLite generators. We estimate that GE Healthcare distributed approximately 11% of the aggregate U.S. SPECT doses sold in the first half of 2016. We currently have an agreement with GE Healthcare for the distribution of TechneLite, Xenon and other products. The agreement provides that GE Healthcare will purchase a minimum percentage of TechneLite generators as well as certain other products from us. Our agreement, which expires on December 31, 2017, may be terminated by either party on six months’ written notice relating to the other products. Our agreement also allows for termination upon the occurrence of specified events including a material breach by either party, bankruptcy by either party or force majeure events.

 

    Triad maintains approximately 56 radiopharmacies in the U.S. that purchase a range of our products. We estimate that Triad distributed approximately 10% of the aggregate U.S. SPECT doses sold in the first half of 2016. In June 2015, we entered into a new contract with Triad for the distribution of Xenon, Neurolite and Cardiolite products and, beginning in 2016, TechneLite generators. The agreement specifies pricing levels and requires Triad to purchase minimum volumes of certain products from the Company. The agreement expires on December 31, 2017 and may be terminated upon the occurrence of specified events, including a material breach by the other party and certain force majeure events.

In addition to the distribution arrangements for our radiopharmaceutical products described above, we also sell certain of our radiopharmaceutical products to independent radiopharmacies and directly to hospitals and clinics that maintain in-house radiopharmaceutical capabilities and operations. In the latter case, this represents a small percentage of overall sales because the majority of hospitals and clinics do not maintain these in-house capabilities.

In Europe, Australia, Asia Pacific and Latin America, we utilize third party distributor relationships to market, sell and distribute our products, either on a country-by-country basis or on a multi-country regional basis.

In March 2012, we entered into a development and distribution arrangement for DEFINITY in China, Hong Kong and Macau with Double-Crane Pharmaceutical Company (“Double-Crane”). Double-Crane is currently

 

9


Table of Contents

pursuing the Chinese regulatory approval required to commercialize DEFINITY. There are three milestones in the regulatory approval process to commercialize DEFINITY in China:

 

    First, submission of a Clinical Trial Application which seeks Import Drug License approval. Double-Crane submitted the Clinical Trial Application to the Chinese Food and Drug Administration (“CFDA”), in June 2013. The CFDA accepted the Clinical Trial Application for review in July 2013.

 

    Second, approval of the Clinical Trial Application, at which point Double-Crane can commence three small confirmatory clinical trials—one for abdominal (liver and kidney), one for cardiac and the third a pharmacokinetic study. The CFDA approved the Clinical Trial Application in February 2016.

 

    Third, approval of the Import Drug License. If the regulatory process, including the clinical trials, is successful, we currently estimate the timing for approval of DEFINITY in China could be as soon as 2018.

We believe that international markets, particularly China, represent significant growth opportunities for our products. The Double-Crane distribution agreement did not have a meaningful impact our revenues during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

As of December 31, 2015, we sold our products (and others) directly to end users through four radiopharmacies that we either owned or operated in Canada, the two radiopharmacies we operated in Australia and the one radiopharmacy we own and operate in Puerto Rico. Currently in Canada, we sell our products through our Isologic Supply Agreement, which we entered into in connection with the sale of our Canadian radiopharmacies in January 2016. We also sell our products directly to hospitals with in-house radiopharmacy capabilities. In Australia, we sell our products through our GMS Supply Agreement, which we entered into in connection with the sale of our Australian subsidiary in August 2016.

In Puerto Rico, we own and operate one of two radiopharmacies on the island and sell our own products as well as products of third parties to end-users.

Seasonality

Our business has modest seasonality as patients may seek to schedule diagnostic imaging procedures less frequently during the summer vacation months and over the year-end holidays.

Customers

Total revenues from customers that accounted for 10% or more of our total consolidated revenues are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
         2016             2015             2014      

Cardinal

     10.3     11.3     18.0

UPPI

     11.4     11.9     11.1

Backlog

Our backlog consists of orders for which a delivery schedule within the next twelve months has been specified. Orders included in backlog may be canceled or rescheduled by customers at any time with the exception of TechneLite orders. For TechneLite, customers must provide us with four weeks advanced notice to cancel an order. We do not believe that our backlog at any particular time is meaningful because it has historically been immaterial relative to our total revenue and is not necessarily indicative of future revenues at any given period.

 

10


Table of Contents

Competition

We believe that our key product characteristics, such as proven efficacy, reliability and safety, coupled with our core competencies, such as our efficient manufacturing processes, our established distribution network, our experienced field sales organization and our customer service focus, are important factors that distinguish us from our competitors.

The market for diagnostic medical imaging agents is highly competitive and continually evolving. Our principal competitors in existing diagnostic modalities include large, global companies that are more diversified than we are and that have substantial financial, manufacturing, sales and marketing, distribution and other resources. These competitors currently include IBAM, GE Healthcare, Bayer AG (“Bayer”), Bracco and DRAXIS Specialty Pharmaceuticals Inc. (an affiliate of JHS, or “Draxis”) as well as other competitors. We cannot anticipate their competitive actions in the same or competing diagnostic modalities, such as significant price reductions on products that are comparable to our own, development of new products that are more cost-effective or have superior performance than our current products or the introduction of generic versions after our proprietary products lose their current patent protection. In addition, distributors of our products could attempt to shift end-users to competing diagnostic modalities and products, or bundle the sale of a portfolio of products to the detriment of our specific products. Our current or future products could be rendered obsolete or uneconomical as a result of these activities.

Raw Materials and Supply Relationships

We rely on certain raw materials and supplies to produce our products. Due to the specialized nature of our products and the limited, and sometimes intermittent, supply of raw materials available in the market, we have established relationships with several key suppliers. Our most important and widely used raw material is Moly. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our largest suppliers of raw materials and supplies were NTP Radioisotopes (“NTP”), acting for itself and on behalf of ANSTO, and Nordion, accounting for approximately 15% and 14%, respectively, of our total purchases.

Molybdenum-99

Our TechneLite, Cardiolite and Neurolite products all rely on Moly, the radioisotope which is produced by bombarding uranium with neutrons in research reactors. Moly is the most common radioisotope used for medical diagnostic imaging purposes. With a 66-hour half-life, Moly decays into among other things technetium-99m, (Tc-99m), another radioisotope with a half-life of six hours. Tc-99m is the isotope that is attached to radiopharmaceuticals, including our own Cardiolite and Neurolite, during the labeling process.

We currently purchase finished Moly from three of the four main processing sites in the world, namely, NTP in South Africa; ANSTO in Australia; and Institute for Radioelements (“IRE”) in Belgium. These processing sites are, in turn, supplied by five of the six main Moly-producing reactors in the world, namely, SAFARI in South Africa; OPAL in Australia; BR2 in Belgium; LVR-15 in the Czech Republic; and High Flux Reactor (“HFR”) in The Netherlands.

Historically, our largest supplier of Moly was Nordion, which relied on the NRU reactor in Canada for its supply of Moly. Our agreement with Nordion expired on October 31, 2016, and from November 2016, the NRU reactor transitioned from providing regular supply of medical isotopes to providing only emergency back-up supply of HEU based Moly through March 2018.

Our agreement with NTP includes their partner, ANSTO. ANSTO has significantly increased its Moly production capacity from its existing facility in August 2016 and has a new Moly processing facility under construction, in cooperation with NTP, that ANSTO believes will expand its production capacity up to

 

11


Table of Contents

approximately 3,500 six-day Curies/week, which is expected to be in commercial operation in the first half of 2018. The agreement allows for termination upon the occurrence of certain events, including failure by NTP to provide our required amount of Moly, material breach of any provision by either party, bankruptcy by either party or force majeure events. Additionally, we have the ability to terminate the agreement with six months’ written notice prior to the expiration of the agreement. The agreement expires on December 31, 2017.

In March 2013, we entered into a similar agreement with IRE (the “IRE Agreement”). IRE previously supplied us as a subcontractor under the agreement with NTP/ANSTO. Similar to the agreement with NTP/ANSTO, the IRE Agreement contains minimum percentage volume requirements. The IRE Agreement also requires IRE to provide certain favorable allocations of Moly during periods of supply shortage or failure. The IRE Agreement also provides for an increased supply of Moly derived from LEU targets upon IRE’s completion of its ongoing conversion program to modify its facilities and processes in accordance with Belgian nuclear security commitments. The IRE Agreement allows for termination upon the occurrence of certain events, including failure by IRE to provide our required amount of Moly, material breach of any provision by either party, bankruptcy by either party or force majeure events. The IRE Agreement expires on December 31, 2017.

In addition, IRE received approval from its regulator to expand its production capability by up to 50% of its former capacity. This new ANSTO and IRE production capacity is expected to replace and exceed the NRU’s most recent routine production. The NTP/ANSTO agreement contains minimum percentage volume requirements and provides for the increased supply of Moly derived from LEU targets from NTP and ANSTO.

To further augment and diversify our current supply, we are pursuing additional sources of Moly from potential new producers around the world that seek to produce Moly with existing or new reactors or technologies. For example, in November 2014, we entered into a strategic agreement with SHINE Medical Technologies, Inc. (“SHINE”), a Wisconsin-based company, for the future supply of Moly. Under the terms of the supply agreement, SHINE will provide Moly produced using its proprietary LEU-solution technology for use in our TechneLite generators once SHINE’s facility becomes operational and receives all necessary regulatory approvals. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—The global supply of Moly is fragile and not stable. Our dependence on a limited number of third party suppliers for Moly could prevent us from delivering some of our products to our customers in the required quantities, with the required timeframe, or at all, which could result in order cancellations and decreased revenues.”

Xenon

Historically, Nordion was our sole supplier of Xenon, and a principal supplier on a global basis, of Xenon, which is captured as a by-product of the Moly production process. Our agreement with Nordion expired on October 31, 2016. In January 2015, we entered into a new strategic agreement with IRE for the future supply of Xenon. We are now receiving bulk unprocessed Xenon from IRE, which we are processing and finishing for our customers at our North Billerica, Massachusetts manufacturing facility. Until we can qualify an additional source of bulk unprocessed Xenon, we will rely on IRE as a sole source provider. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—We face potential supply and demand challenges for Xenon.”

Other Materials

We have additional supply arrangements for APIs, excipients, packaging materials and other materials and components, none of which are exclusive, but a number of which are sole source, and all of which we currently believe are either in good standing or replaceable without any material disruption to our business.

Manufacturing

We maintain manufacturing operations at our North Billerica, Massachusetts facility. We manufacture TechneLite on a highly automated production line and Thallium and Gallium using our cyclotron technology,

 

12


Table of Contents

and we process and finish Xenon and Quadramet using our hot cell infrastructure. We manufacture, finish and distribute our radiopharmaceutical products on a just-in-time basis, and supply our customers with these products either by next day delivery services or by either ground or air custom logistics. We believe that our substantial capital investments in our highly automated generator production line, our cyclotrons and our extensive experience in complying with the stringent regulatory requirements for the handling of nuclear materials and operations in the FDA regulated environment create significant and sustainable competitive advantages for us.

In addition to our in-house manufacturing capabilities, a substantial portion of our products are manufactured by third party contract manufacturing organizations, and in certain instances, we rely on them for sole source manufacturing. To ensure the quality of the products that are manufactured by third parties, the key raw materials used in those products are first sent to our North Billerica facility, where we test them prior to the third party manufacturing of the final product. After the final products are manufactured, they are sent back to us for final quality control testing and then we ship them to our customers. We have expertise in the design, development and validation of complex manufacturing systems and processes, and our strong execution and quality control culture supports the just-in-time manufacturing model at our North Billerica facility.

Manufacturing and Supply Arrangements

We currently have the following technology transfer and manufacturing and supply agreements in place for some of our major products:

 

    DEFINITY—In February 2012, we entered into a Manufacturing and Supply Agreement with JHS, for the manufacture of DEFINITY. Under the agreement, JHS manufactures DEFINITY for us for an initial term of five years. In September 2016, we extended the agreement through January 2022, including a commitment by JHS to provide us 100% of our DEFINITY volume until July 2018. We have the right to extend the agreement with automatic renewals for additional one-year periods thereafter. The agreement allows for termination upon the occurrence of certain events such as a material breach or default by either party, or bankruptcy by either party. The agreement also requires us to place orders for a minimum percentage of our requirements for DEFINITY with JHS.

On November 12, 2013, we entered into a Manufacturing and Supply Agreement with Pharmalucence to manufacture and supply DEFINITY. Our technology transfer activities with Pharmalucence have been repeatedly delayed, and we are now in the process of negotiating an exit to that arrangement. On May 3, 2016, we entered into a Manufacturing and Supply Agreement with SBL to perform technology transfer and process development services to manufacture and supply our next generation DEFINITY product. There are no minimum purchase requirements under this agreement, which has an initial term of five years from the date of first commercial sale and is renewable at our option for an additional five years. This agreement allows for termination upon the occurrence of certain events, including material breach or bankruptcy of either party. We cannot give any assurances as to when that technology transfer will be completed and when we will actually receive supply of next generation DEFINITY product from SBL. Based on our current projections, we believe that we will have sufficient supply of DEFINITY from JHS to meet expected demand.

 

   

Cardiolite—For the past several years, we have relied on Bristol-Myers Squibb Company’s (“BMS”), Manati, Puerto Rico site for the manufacture of our Cardiolite supply. This relationship ended on December 31, 2015 following the completion of a terminal inventory build for our Cardiolite product. We also entered into a Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, effective as of May 3, 2012, with JHS for the manufacture of Cardiolite products. In the third quarter of 2016, we completed the technology transfer process and received FDA approval to manufacture Cardiolite at JHS. Under the agreement, JHS has agreed to manufacture products for an initial term of five years from the effective date. We have the right to extend the agreement for an additional five-year period, with automatic renewals for additional one-year periods thereafter. The agreement allows for termination upon the occurrence of specified events, including material breach or bankruptcy by either party. The agreement requires us to

 

13


Table of Contents
 

place orders for a minimum percentage of our requirements for Cardiolite products with JHS during such term. Based on our current projections, we believe that we will have sufficient Cardiolite products supply to meet expected demand.

 

    Neurolite—We entered into a Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, effective as of May 3, 2012, with JHS for the manufacture of Neurolite, and in January 2015, the FDA granted approval to manufacture Neurolite at JHS. Under the agreement, JHS has agreed to manufacture Neurolite for an initial term of five years from the effective date. We have the contractual right to extend the agreement for an additional five-year period, with automatic renewals for additional one-year periods thereafter. The agreement allows for termination upon the occurrence of specified events, including material breach or bankruptcy by either party. The agreement also requires us to place orders for a minimum percentage of our requirements for Neurolite during such term. Based on our current projections, we believe that we will have sufficient supply of Neurolite from JHS to meet expected demand.

Although we are pursuing new manufacturing relationships to establish and secure additional long-term or alternative suppliers as described above, we are uncertain of the timing as to when these arrangements could provide meaningful quantities of product. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—The global supply of Moly is fragile and not stable. Our dependence on a limited number of third party suppliers for Moly could prevent us from delivering some of our products to our customers in the required quantities, within the required timeframes, or at all, which could result in order cancellations and decreased revenues,” Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—Challenges with product quality or product performance, including defects, caused by us or our suppliers could result in a decrease in customers and sales, unexpected expenses and loss of market share” and Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—Our business and industry are subject to complex and costly regulations. If government regulations are interpreted or enforced in a manner adverse to us or our business, we may be subject to enforcement actions, penalties, exclusion and other material limitations on our operations.”

PET Manufacturing Facilities

If either one of our clinical-stage PET cardiac imaging agents - flurpiridaz F 18 and 18F LMI 1195 - are ultimately successful in clinical trials, a new manufacturing model will be required in which chemical ingredients of the imaging agent are provided to PET radiopharmacies that have fluorine-18 radioisotope-producing cyclotrons on premises. The radiopharmacies will combine these chemical ingredients with fluorine-18 they manufactured in specially designed chemistry synthesis boxes to generate the final radiopharmaceutical imaging agent. Radiopharmacists will be able to prepare and dispense patient-specific doses from the final product. However, because each of these PET radiopharmacies will be deemed by the FDA to be a separate manufacturing site for the relevant agent, each of the radiopharmacies will have to be included in the agent’s New Drug Application (“NDA”) and subsequent FDA filings. As a result, there will be quality and oversight responsibilities of the PET radiopharmacies associated with the NDA, unlike the current relationship we have with our nuclear imaging agent distributors that operate radiopharmacies. See “Research and Development—Flurpiridaz F 18 Phase 3 Program and—18F LMI 1195—Cardiac Neuronal Imaging Agent.”

Research and Development

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we invested $12.2 million, $14.4 million and $13.7 million in research and development (“R&D”), respectively. Our R&D team includes our medical affairs and medical information functions, which educate physicians on the scientific aspects of our commercial products and the approved indications, labeling and the receipt of reports relating to product quality or adverse events. We have developed a pipeline of three potential cardiovascular imaging agents which were discovered and developed in-house and which are protected by patents and patent applications we own in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions.

In March 2013, we began to implement a strategic shift in how we fund our important R&D programs, reducing our internal R&D resources. On February 21, 2017, we announced entering into a term sheet with

 

14


Table of Contents

GE Healthcare relating to the continued development and commercialization of flurpiridaz F 18. In the future, we may also seek to engage strategic partners for our 18F LMI 1195 and LMI 1174 programs. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—We may not be able to further develop or commercialize our agents in development without successful strategic partners.”

Flurpiridaz F 18—PET Perfusion Agent—Myocardial Perfusion

We have developed flurpiridaz F 18, an internally discovered small molecule radiolabeled with fluorine-18, as an imaging agent used in PET MPI to assess blood flow to the heart.

Today, most MPI procedures use SPECT technology. Although this imaging modality provides substantial clinical value, there is growing interest in the medical community to utilize technology such as PET that can provide meaningful advantages. PET is an imaging technology that when used in combination with an appropriate radiopharmaceutical imaging agent can provide important insights into physiologic and metabolic processes in the body and be useful in evaluating a variety of conditions including neurological disease, heart disease and cancer. PET imaging has demonstrated broad utility for diagnosis, prognosis, disease staging and therapeutic response. Images generated with PET technology typically exhibit very high image resolution because of substantially higher signal-to-noise efficiency, a measure of the efficiency by which energy can be captured to create an image.

Although SPECT imaging used in conjunction with a radiopharmaceutical imaging agent, such as Cardiolite, is most commonly used for MPI studies, PET imaging has gained considerable support in the field of cardiovascular imaging as it offers many advantages to SPECT imaging, including: higher image quality, increased diagnostic certainty, more accurate risk stratification and reduced patient radiation exposure. In addition, PET MPI imaging could be particularly useful in difficult to image patients, including women and obese patients. The use of PET technology in MPI tests represents a broad emerging application for a technology more commonly associated with oncology and neurology. We anticipate that the adoption of PET technology in MPI tests will increase significantly in the future.

Flurpiridaz F 18 Clinical Overview

We submitted an Investigational New Drug Application (“IND”) for flurpiridaz F 18 to the FDA in August 2006. Our clinical program to date has consisted of three Phase 1 studies, a Phase 2 clinical trial, conducted from 2007 to 2010, involving 176 subjects who received PET MPI performed with flurpiridaz F 18 and completed the trial, and a Phase 3 clinical trial conducted from 2011 to 2013 involving 755 subjects who received PET MPI procedures with flurpiridaz F 18, completed the trial and were included in the efficacy analysis.

Flurpiridaz F 18 Phase 3 Program

To date, our Phase 3 program for flurpiridaz F 18 has included a phase 3 trial (“301 Trial”), which was an open-label, multicenter, international study with 755 subjects with known or suspected coronary artery disease (“CAD”) and scheduled for coronary angiography and SPECT imaging who completed the trial and were included in the efficacy analysis. Subjects underwent flurpiridaz F 18 PET MPI and SPECT MPI studies with coronary angiography used as the truth standard for each. The study then compared MPI imaging using flurpiridaz F 18 versus SPECT imaging with primary endpoints of superiority for sensitivity (identifying disease) and non-inferiority for specificity (ruling out disease).

In March 2011, we obtained agreement from the FDA on a Special Protocol Assessment (“SPA”) for our 301 Trial. See “—Regulatory Matters—Food and Drug Laws” below. In June 2011, we enrolled our first patient, and we completed patient enrollment in the third quarter of 2013.

 

15


Table of Contents

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we announced preliminary results from the 301 Trial. Flurpiridaz F 18 appeared to be well-tolerated from a safety perspective and outperformed SPECT imaging in a highly statistically significant manner on sensitivity. In addition, flurpiridaz F 18 showed statistically significant improvements in image quality and diagnostic certainty in comparison to SPECT imaging. However, flurpiridaz F 18 did not meet the co-primary endpoint of non-inferiority for specificity.

In the fourth quarter of 2014, we completed a re-read of the 301 Trial results, and in May 2015, we announced the complete results from the 301 Trial. PET MPI with flurpiridaz F 18 consistently showed a balanced performance in sensitivity and specificity, when compared to coronary angiography, while SPECT imaging results were skewed with low sensitivity and high specificity when compared to coronary angiography. When the flurpiridaz F 18 imaging results were compared to the SPECT imaging results, flurpiridaz F 18 imaging substantially outperformed SPECT imaging in sensitivity but did not meet the non-inferiority endpoint in specificity, implying a substantial and unexpected under-diagnosis of CAD with SPECT imaging in the trial.

In subgroup analyses, the risk-benefit profile of flurpiridaz F 18 appeared to be favorable in women, obese patients and patients with multi-vessel disease. A significantly higher percentage of images were rated as either excellent or good with flurpiridaz F 18 imaging as compared to SPECT imaging, leading to a greater diagnostic certainty of interpretation. Importantly, radiation exposure associated with flurpiridaz F 18 imaging was reduced to approximately 50% of SPECT imaging. In addition, no drug-related serious adverse events were observed.

Based on these results, we have redesigned the protocol for our second Phase 3 trial with different primary endpoints. On March 13, 2015, the FDA granted us an SPA in connection with the new trial. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—The process of developing new drugs and obtaining regulatory approval is complex, time-consuming and costly, and the outcome is not certain.”

Proposed GE Healthcare Transaction

On February 21, 2017, we announced entering into a term sheet with GE Healthcare relating to the continued development and worldwide commercialization of flurpiridaz F 18. Under the proposed transaction, GE Healthcare would fund the second Phase III flurpiridaz F 18 clinical study, worldwide regulatory approvals and its worldwide launch and commercialization, with us collaborating in both development and commercialization through a joint steering committee. We would also maintain the option to co-promote the agent in the U.S. GE Healthcare’s development plan would focus on obtaining regulatory approval in the U.S., Japan, Europe and Canada. We would receive a $5 million upfront cash payment and, if successful, up to $60 million in regulatory and sales milestones payments, plus tiered double-digit royalties on U.S. sales and mid-single-digit royalties on sales outside of the U.S. Subject to satisfactory due diligence and necessary approvals, we anticipate entering into a definitive agreement for the proposed transaction in the second quarter of 2017. However, there is no assurance that we will enter into a definitive agreement on these terms or at all. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—We may not be able to further develop or commercialize our agents in development without successful strategic partners.”

18F LMI 1195—Cardiac Neuronal Imaging Agent

We have developed 18F LMI 1195, also an internally discovered small molecule that is a fluorine-18-based radiopharmaceutical imaging agent, designed to assess cardiac sympathetic nerve function with PET. Sympathetic nerve activation increases the heart rate, constricts blood vessels and raises blood pressure by releasing a neurotransmitter called norepinephrine throughout the heart. Changes in the cardiac sympathetic nervous system have been associated with heart failure progression and fatal arrhythmias.

Heart failure is a major public health problem in North America, associated with high morbidity and mortality, frequent hospitalizations and a major cost burden on the community. In the U.S. alone, there are over five million patients living with congestive heart failure, and over a half million new diagnoses each year.

 

16


Table of Contents

Mortality for this condition is around 50% within five years of diagnosis. Expensive therapies for heart failure are often utilized without effective predictors of patient response. Costly device therapies (for example, implantable cardiac defibrillators (“ICDs”), and cardiac resynchronization therapy) are often used, although they sometimes do not provide any benefits or are activated in only a minority of recipients. Conversely, heart failure clinical practice guidelines currently preclude the use of device therapy in many patients who might benefit. Thus, a key opportunity is to better match patients to treatment based on the identification of the underlying molecular status of disease progression.

18F LMI 1195 is taken up by the transporter that regulates norepinephrine released by the sympathetic nervous system at multiple nerve endings of the heart. PET imaging using 18F LMI 1195 could allow for the identification of patients at risk of sudden death, potentially improving clinical decision-making, including identifying which patients could benefit from certain drug therapies or the implantation of certain anti-arrhythmia devices such as ICDs.

We have completed a Phase 1 study of 18F LMI 1195 using PET imaging. 12 normal subjects were injected intravenously with approximately six millicuries of 18F LMI 1195, imaged sequentially for a period of approximately five hours and monitored closely to observe any potential adverse events. Excellent quality images were obtained, and the radiation dose to the subjects was found to be well within acceptable limits. Blood radioactivity cleared quickly and lung activity was low throughout the study. The agent appeared to have a favorable safety profile. We are currently working closely with independent investigators in the U.S., Canada and Europe to develop additional clinical data which may allow us to enter into pivotal clinical trials.

LMI 1174—Vascular Remodeling Imaging Agent

We have developed LMI 1174, an internally discovered gadolinium-based magnetic resonance imaging (“MRI”) agent targeted to elastin in the arterial walls and atherosclerotic plaque. We believe that this agent could allow assessment of plaque location, burden, type of arterial wall remodeling and, as a result, the potential for a vascular event, which, in turn, could lead to heart attack or stroke.

Atherosclerosis is the leading cause of heart attacks, strokes and peripheral vascular disease. Elastin plays a key role in the structure of the arterial wall and in biological signaling functions. Several pathological stimuli may be responsible for triggering elastogenesis in atherosclerosis, leading to a marked increase in elastin content during plaque development. In addition to the increase in elastin seen in autopsy samples from patients with carotid atherosclerosis, there is also an increase of elastin in aortic aneurysm samples. As a result, an elastin-specific imaging agent may facilitate detection of remodeling of the arterial walls.

The majority of the assessments of atherosclerosis are currently obtained using angiography or MPI. MRI using LMI 1174 could allow for the identification, on a minimally-invasive basis without radiation exposure, of the presence and characteristics of atherosclerosis, potentially improving clinical decision-making to reduce the risks of cardiovascular events.

In our preclinical work, we have identified a series of low molecular weight molecules that bind to elastin and final optimization is ongoing. Our lead molecule, LMI 1174, has been used to demonstrate utility in a number of different animal models. We are currently working closely with investigators in the U.S. and Europe to develop additional preclinical data which may allow us to enter into clinical trials.

Intellectual Property

Patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights, both in the U.S. and foreign countries, are very important to our business. We also rely on trade secrets, manufacturing know-how, technological innovations and licensing agreements to maintain and improve our competitive position. We review third party proprietary rights, including patents and patent applications, as available, in an effort to develop an effective intellectual property

 

17


Table of Contents

strategy, avoid infringement of third party proprietary rights, identify licensing opportunities and monitor the intellectual property owned by others. Our ability to enforce and protect our intellectual property rights may be limited in certain countries outside the U.S., which could make it easier for competitors to capture market position in those countries by utilizing technologies that are similar to those developed or licensed by us. Competitors also may harm our sales by designing products that mirror the capabilities of our products or technology without infringing our intellectual property rights. If we do not obtain sufficient protection for our intellectual property, or if we are unable to effectively enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitiveness could be impaired, which would limit our growth and future revenue. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our competitors could develop and market products with features similar to our products, and demand for our products may decline.”

Trademarks, Service Marks and Trade Names

We own various trademarks, service marks and trade names, including DEFINITY, TechneLite, Cardiolite, Neurolite, Vialmix, Quadramet (U.S. only) and Lantheus Medical Imaging. We have registered these trademarks, as well as others, in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions.

Patents

We actively seek to protect the proprietary technology that we consider important to our business, including chemical species, compositions and formulations, their methods of use and processes for their manufacture, as new intellectual property is developed. In addition to seeking patent protection in the U.S., we file patent applications in numerous foreign countries in order to further protect the inventions that we consider important to the development of our international business. We also rely upon trade secrets and contracts to protect our proprietary information. As of January 31, 2017, our patent portfolio included a total of 34 issued U.S. patents, 205 issued foreign patents, 23 pending patent applications in the U.S. and 161 pending foreign applications. These patents and patent applications include claims covering the composition of matter and methods of use for all of our preclinical and clinical stage agents.

Our patents cover many of our commercial products, and our current patent protection is generally in the U.S., Canada, Mexico, most of Western Europe, various markets in Asia, and Brazil. For DEFINITY, we hold a number of different compositions of matter, use, formulation and manufacturing patents. In the U.S., we have a composition of matter patent expiring in 2019 and a manufacturing patent expiring in 2021. Outside of the U.S., we have patent or regulatory extension protection in Canada, Europe and parts of Asia until 2019. We also have an active next generation development program for this agent. TechneLite currently has patent protection in the U.S. and various foreign countries on certain component technology expiring in 2029. In addition, given the significant know-how and trade secrets associated with the methods of manufacturing and assembling the TechneLite generator, we believe we have a substantial amount of valuable and defensible proprietary intellectual property associated with the product. Neither Cardiolite nor Neurolite is covered any longer by patent protection in either the U.S. or the rest of the world. Xenon, Thallium and Gallium have no patent protection; however, we are pursuing patent protections for an improved container for Xenon.

We have numerous patents and patent applications relating to our clinical development pipeline. We have patents and patent applications in numerous jurisdictions covering composition, use, formulation and manufacturing of flurpiridaz F 18, including in the U.S. a composition patent expiring in 2026, a method of use patent expiring in 2028 and a method of manufacturing patent expiring in 2031, in the absence of any regulatory extension, and various patent applications, one of which, if granted, will expire in 2033. We also have patents and patent applications in numerous jurisdictions covering composition, use, and manufacture of 18F LMI 1195, our cardiac neuronal imaging agent, including in the U.S. a composition patent expiring in 2030 in the absence of any regulatory extension, and patent applications which, if granted, will expire in 2027 and in 2031 in the absence of any patent term adjustment or regulatory extensions. Additionally, we have patents and patent applications in numerous jurisdictions covering composition, use and manufacture of LMI 1174, our vascular

 

18


Table of Contents

remodeling imaging agent, including in the U.S. a composition and method of use patent expiring in 2031 in the absence of any regulatory extension, and patent applications which, if granted, will expire in 2029 and 2030 in the absence of any patent term adjustment or regulatory extensions.

In addition to patents, we rely where necessary upon unpatented trade secrets and know-how, proprietary information and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, using confidentiality agreements with our collaborators, employees, consultants and other third parties and invention assignment agreements with our employees. These confidentiality agreements may not prevent unauthorized disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information, and we cannot provide assurances that an employee or an outside party will not make an unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets, other technical know-how or proprietary information. We may not have adequate monitoring abilities to discover, or adequate remedies for, any unauthorized disclosure. This might happen intentionally or inadvertently. It is possible that a competitor will make use of such information, and that our competitive position will be compromised, in spite of any legal action we might take against persons making such unauthorized disclosures. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

In addition, we license a limited number of third party technologies and other intellectual property rights that are incorporated into some elements of our drug discovery and development efforts. These licenses are not material to our business, and the technologies can be obtained from multiple sources. We are currently party to separate royalty-free, non-exclusive, cross-licenses with each of Bracco, GE Healthcare and Imcor Pharmaceutical Company. These cross-licenses give us freedom to operate in connection with contrast enhanced ultrasound imaging technology.

Regulatory Matters

Food and Drug Laws

The development, manufacture and commercialization of our agents and products are subject to comprehensive governmental regulation both within and outside the U.S. A number of factors substantially increase the time, difficulty and costs incurred in obtaining and maintaining the approval to market newly developed and existing products. These factors include governmental regulation, such as detailed inspection of and controls over research and laboratory procedures, clinical investigations, manufacturing, marketing, sampling, distribution, import and export, record keeping and storage and disposal practices, together with various post-marketing requirements. Governmental regulatory actions can result in the seizure or recall of products, suspension or revocation of the authority necessary for their production and sale as well as other civil or criminal sanctions.

Our activities related to the development, manufacture, packaging or repackaging of our pharmaceutical and medical device products subject us to a wide variety of laws and regulations. We are required to register for permits and/or licenses with, seek approvals from and comply with operating and security standards of the FDA, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (“NRC”), the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”), Health Canada, the European Medicines Agency (“EMA”), the U.K. Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (“MHRA”), the CFDA and various state and provincial boards of pharmacy, state and provincial controlled substance agencies, state and provincial health departments and/or comparable state and provincial agencies, as well as foreign agencies, and certain accrediting bodies depending upon the type of operations and location of product distribution, manufacturing and sale.

The FDA and various state regulatory authorities regulate the research, testing, manufacture, safety, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, premarket approval, marketing, advertising and promotion, import and export

 

19


Table of Contents

and sales and distribution of pharmaceutical products in the U.S. Prior to marketing a pharmaceutical product, we must first receive FDA approval. In the U.S., the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) and implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and compliance with appropriate federal, state, local, and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Currently, the process required by the FDA before a drug product may be marketed in the U.S. generally involves the following:

 

    Completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies according to Good Laboratory Practices regulations;

 

    Submission to the FDA of an IND which must become effective before human clinical studies may begin;

 

    Performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical studies according to Good Clinical Practices and other requirements, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for its intended use;

 

    Submission to the FDA of an NDA for a new drug;

 

    Satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the drug product is produced to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMPs”) regulations; and

 

    FDA review and approval of the NDA.

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort, and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our agents in development will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. Once a pharmaceutical agent is identified for development, it enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity, formulation, and stability, as well as animal studies to assess its potential safety and efficacy. This testing culminates in the submission of the IND to the FDA.

Once the IND becomes effective, the clinical trial program may begin. Each new clinical trial protocol must be submitted to the FDA before the study may begin. Human clinical studies are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

 

    Phase 1. The agent is initially introduced into healthy human subjects and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion. In the case of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, especially when the agent may be too inherently toxic to ethically administer to healthy volunteers, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients with those diseases.

 

    Phase 2. Involves studies in a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to evaluate preliminarily the efficacy of the agent for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage and schedule.

 

    Phase 3. Clinical studies are undertaken to further evaluate dosage, clinical efficacy and safety in an expanded patient population at geographically dispersed clinical study sites. These studies are intended to collect sufficient safety and effectiveness data to support the NDA for FDA approval.

Clinical trial sponsors may request an SPA from the FDA. The FDA’s SPA process creates a written agreement between the sponsoring company and the FDA regarding the clinical trial design and other clinical trial issues that can be used to support approval of an agent. The SPA is intended to provide assurance that, if the agreed-upon clinical trial protocols are followed and the trial endpoints are achieved, then the data may serve as the primary basis for an efficacy claim in support of an NDA. However, the SPA agreement is not a guarantee of an approval of an agent or any permissible claims about the agent. In particular, the SPA is not binding on the FDA if public health concerns become evident that are unrecognized at the time that the SPA agreement is entered into, other new scientific concerns regarding product safety or efficacy arise, or if the clinical trial sponsor fails to comply with the agreed upon clinical trial protocols.

 

20


Table of Contents

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical studies must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse events. Submissions must also be made to inform the FDA of certain changes to the clinical trial protocol. Federal law also requires the sponsor to register the trials on public databases when they are initiated, and to disclose the results of the trials on public databases upon completion. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 testing may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the clinical trial sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical study at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, any institutional review board (“IRB”), serving any of the institutions participating in the clinical trial can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical study at a relevant institution if the clinical study is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the agent has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. Failure to register a clinical trial or disclose study results within the required time periods could result in penalties, including civil monetary penalties.

Concurrent with clinical studies, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the product and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the agent and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the agent does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

The results of product development, preclinical studies and clinical studies, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the drug product, proposed labeling, and other relevant information, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA for a new drug, requesting approval to market the agent. The submission of an NDA is subject to the payment of a substantial user fee, pursuant to the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (“PDUFA”), which was first enacted in 1992 to provide the FDA with additional resources to speed the review of important new medicines. A waiver of that fee may be obtained under certain limited circumstances. PDUFA expires every five years and must be reauthorized by Congress. The current version of PDUFA, the fifth reauthorization (“PDUFA V”), was renewed as Title I of the FDA Safety and Innovation Act in 2012 and is scheduled to expire in 2017. PDUFA V focuses on improving the efficiency and predictability of the review process, strengthening the agency regulatory science base and enhancing benefit-risk assessment and post-approval safety surveillance. The next reauthorization of PDUFA in 2017 may bring changes or additions to regulatory requirements for drugs and medical devices regulated under the FDCA. In December 2016, Congress enacted and President Obama signed the 21st Century Cures bill into law. That law contains a number of provisions that may change regulatory requirements for drugs and medical devices. Given its recent enactment, as well as the change in the federal Administration, it is uncertain how the law will be implemented. Therefore, it is also uncertain whether or to what extent any changes or additions to regulatory requirements authorized by the new law will have an impact on the regulation of drugs or medical devices.

The approval process is lengthy and difficult and the FDA may refuse to approve an NDA if the applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied. The FDA has substantial discretion in the product approval process, and it is impossible to predict with any certainty whether and when the FDA will grant marketing approval. The FDA may on occasion require the sponsor of an NDA to conduct additional clinical studies or to provide other scientific or technical information about the product, and these additional requirements may lead to unanticipated delay or expense. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical studies are not always conclusive, and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data.

If a product receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the

 

21


Table of Contents

product labeling. In addition, the FDA may require Phase 4 testing which involves clinical studies designed to further assess a drug product’s safety and effectiveness after NDA approval. The FDA also may impose a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (“REMS”) to ensure that the benefits of a product outweigh its risks. A REMS could add training requirements for healthcare professionals, safety communications efforts and limits on channels of distribution, among other things. The sponsor would be required to evaluate and monitor the various REMS activities and adjust them if need be. Whether a REMS would be imposed on any of our products and any resulting financial impact is uncertain at this time.

Any drug products for which we receive FDA approvals are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse experiences with the product, providing the FDA with updated safety and efficacy information, product sampling and distribution requirements, complying with certain electronic records and signature requirements, and complying with FDA promotion and advertising requirements. The FDA strictly regulates labeling, advertising, promotion and other types of information on products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label and promotional claims must be appropriately balanced with important safety information and otherwise be adequately substantiated. Further, manufacturers of drugs must continue to comply with cGMP requirements, which are extensive and require considerable time, resources and ongoing investment to ensure compliance. In addition, changes to the manufacturing process generally require prior FDA approval before being implemented, and other types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications and additional labeling claims, are also subject to further FDA review and approval.

Drug product manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacturing and distribution of approved drugs products are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain other agencies for compliance with cGMP and other laws. The cGMP requirements apply to all stages of the manufacturing process, including the production, processing, sterilization, packaging, labeling, storage and shipment of the drug product. Manufacturers must establish validated systems to ensure that products meet specifications and regulatory standards, and test each product batch or lot prior to its release. In addition, manufacturers of commercial PET products, including radiopharmacies, hospitals and academic medical centers, are required to submit either an NDA or Abbreviated New Drug Application (“ANDA”) in order to produce PET drugs for clinical use, or produce the drugs under an IND.

The FDA also regulates the preclinical and clinical testing, design, manufacture, safety, efficacy, labeling, storage, record keeping, sales and distribution, post-market adverse event reporting, import/export and advertising and promotion of any medical devices that we distribute pursuant to the FDCA and FDA’s implementing regulations. The Federal Trade Commission shares jurisdiction with the FDA over the promotion and advertising of certain medical devices. The FDA can also impose restrictions on the sale, distribution or use of medical devices at the time of their clearance or approval, or subsequent to marketing. Currently, two medical devices, both of which are manufactured by third parties which hold the product clearances, comprise only a small portion of our revenues.

The FDA may withdraw marketing authorization for a pharmaceutical or medical device product if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market. Further, the failure to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements may result in administrative or judicial actions, such as fines, civil monetary penalties, warning letters, holds on clinical studies, product recalls or seizures, product detention or refusal to permit the import or export of pharmaceuticals or medical device products, refusal to approve pending applications or supplements, restrictions on marketing or manufacturing, injunctions, or civil or criminal penalties.

Because our operations include nuclear pharmacies and related businesses, such as cyclotron facilities used to produce PET products used in diagnostic medical imaging, we are subject to regulation by the NRC or the

 

22


Table of Contents

departments of health of each state in which we operate and the applicable state boards of pharmacy. In addition, the FDA is also involved in the regulation of cyclotron facilities where PET products are produced in compliance with cGMP requirements and U.S. Pharmacopeia requirements for PET drug compounding.

Drug laws also are in effect in many of the non-U.S. markets in which we conduct business. These laws range from comprehensive drug approval requirements to requests for product data or certifications. In addition, inspection of and controls over manufacturing, as well as monitoring of adverse events, are components of most of these regulatory systems. Most of our business is subject to varying degrees of governmental regulation in the countries in which we operate, and the general trend is toward increasingly stringent regulation. The exercise of broad regulatory powers by the FDA continues to result in increases in the amount of testing and documentation required for approval or clearance of new drugs and devices, all of which add to the expense of product introduction. Similar trends also are evident in major non-U.S. markets, including Canada, the European Union, Australia and Japan.

To assess and facilitate compliance with applicable FDA, the NRC and other state, federal and foreign regulatory requirements, we regularly review our quality systems to assess their effectiveness and identify areas for improvement. As part of our quality review, we perform assessments of our suppliers of the raw materials that are incorporated into products and conduct quality management reviews designed to inform management of key issues that may affect the quality of our products. From time to time, we may determine that products we manufactured or marketed do not meet our specifications, published standards, such as those issued by the International Standards Organization, or regulatory requirements. When a quality or regulatory issue is identified, we investigate the issue and take appropriate corrective action, such as withdrawal of the product from the market, correction of the product at the customer location, notice to the customer of revised labeling and other actions.

Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984

The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, known as the Hatch-Waxman Act, added two pathways for FDA drug approval. First, the Hatch-Waxman Act permits the FDA to approve ANDAs for generic versions of drugs if the ANDA applicant demonstrates, among other things, that its product is bioequivalent to the innovator product and provides relevant chemistry, manufacturing and product data. Second, the Hatch-Waxman Act created what is known as a Section 505(b)(2) NDA, which requires the same information as a full NDA (known as a Section 505(b)(1) NDA), including full reports of clinical and preclinical studies but allows some of the information from the reports required for marketing approval to come from studies which the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference. A Section 505(b)(2) NDA permits a manufacturer to obtain marketing approval for a drug without needing to conduct or obtain a right of reference for all of the required studies. The Hatch-Waxman Act also provides for: (1) restoration of a portion of a product’s patent term that was lost during clinical development and application review by the FDA; and (2) statutory protection, known as exclusivity, against the FDA’s acceptance or approval of certain competitor applications.

Patent term extension can compensate for time lost during product development and the regulatory review process by returning up to five years of patent life for a patent that covers a new product or its use. This period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the approval of that application. Patent term extensions, however, are subject to a maximum extension of five years, and the patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years. The application for patent term extension is subject to approval by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office in conjunction with the FDA.

The Hatch-Waxman Act also provides for a period of statutory protection for new drugs that receive NDA approval from the FDA. If the FDA approves a Section 505(b)(1) NDA for a new drug that is a new chemical entity, meaning that the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing any same active moiety, then the Hatch-Waxman Act prohibits the submission or approval of an ANDA or a Section 505(b)(2)

 

23


Table of Contents

NDA for a period of five years from the date of approval of the NDA, except that the FDA may accept an application for review after four years under certain circumstances. The Hatch-Waxman Act will not prevent the filing or approval of a full NDA, as opposed to an ANDA or Section 505(b)(2) NDA, for any drug, but the competitor would be required to conduct its own clinical trials, and any use of the drug for which marketing approval is sought could not violate another NDA holder’s patent claims. The Hatch-Waxman Act provides for a three-year period of exclusivity for an NDA for a new drug containing an active moiety that was previously approved by the FDA, but also includes new clinical data (other than bioavailability and bioequivalence studies) to support an innovation over the previously approved drug and those studies were conducted or sponsored by the applicant and were essential to approval of the application. This three-year exclusivity period does not prohibit the FDA from accepting an application from a third party for a drug with that same innovation, but it does prohibit the FDA from approving that application for the three-year period. The three-year exclusivity does not prohibit the FDA, with limited exceptions, from approving generic drugs containing the same active ingredient but without the new innovation.

Healthcare Reform and Other Laws Affecting Payment

We operate in a highly-regulated industry. The U.S. and state governments continue to propose and pass legislation that may affect the availability and cost of healthcare. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the Healthcare Reform Act, substantially changes the way in which healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers and has a significant impact on the pharmaceutical industry. The Healthcare Reform Act contains a number of provisions that affect coverage and reimbursement of drug products and the medical imaging procedures in which our drug products are used. Key provisions include the following:

 

    Significantly increasing the presumed utilization rate for imaging equipment costing $1 million or more in the physician office and free-standing imaging facility setting which reduces the Medicare per procedure medical imaging reimbursement; subsequent legislation further increased the presumed utilization rate effective January 1, 2014;

 

    Increasing drug rebates paid to state Medicaid programs under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program for brand name prescription drugs and extending those rebates to Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

    Imposing a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell brand name prescription drugs to specified federal government programs; and

 

    Imposing an excise tax on the sale of taxable medical device, to be paid by the entity that manufactures or imports the device: (which tax applied to applicable sales made from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2015, but is currently suspended for 2016 and 2017).

The Healthcare Reform Act also establishes an Independent Payment Advisory Board (“IPAB”) to reduce the per capita rate of growth in Medicare spending by proposing changes to Medicare payments if expenditures exceed certain targets. A proposal made by the IPAB must be implemented by CMS, unless Congress adopts a proposal that achieves the necessary savings. IPAB proposals may impact payments for physician and free-standing imaging services beginning in 2015 and for hospital services beginning in 2020. The threshold for triggering IPAB proposals has not been reached through 2016, so no adjustments will be made under the IPAB until 2019 (at the earliest).

The Healthcare Reform Act also amended the federal self-referral laws, requiring referring physicians to inform patients under certain circumstances that the patients may obtain services, including MRI, computed tomography (“CT”), PET and certain other diagnostic imaging services, from a provider other than that physician, another physician in his or her group practice, or another individual under direct supervision of the physician or another physician in the group practice. The referring physician must provide each patient with a written list of other suppliers who furnish those services in the area in which the patient resides. These new requirements could have the effect of shifting where certain diagnostic medical imaging procedures are performed.

 

24


Table of Contents

The Healthcare Reform Act has been subject to political and judicial challenges. In 2012, the U.S. Supreme Court considered the constitutionality of certain provisions of the law. The U.S. Supreme Court upheld as constitutional the mandate for individuals to obtain health insurance, but held the provision allowing the federal government to withhold certain Medicaid funds to states that do not expand state Medicaid programs unconstitutional. Therefore, not all states have expanded their Medicaid programs under the Healthcare Reform Act. Political and judicial challenges to the law have continued in the wake of the Court’s ruling.

Modification to or repeal of all or certain provisions of the Healthcare Reform Act are expected as a result of the outcome of the recent presidential election and Republicans maintaining control of Congress, consistent with statements made by Donald Trump and members of Congress during the presidential campaign and following the election. We cannot predict the ultimate content, timing or effect of any changes to the Healthcare Reform Act or other federal and state reform efforts. There is no assurance that federal or state health care reform will not adversely affect our future business and financial results, and we cannot predict how future federal or state legislative, judicial or administrative changes relating to healthcare reform will affect our business.

General legislative cost control measures may also affect reimbursement for our products. The Budget Control Act, as amended, resulted in the imposition of 2% reductions in Medicare (but not Medicaid) payments to providers in 2013 and will remain in effect through 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken. Any significant spending reductions affecting Medicare, Medicaid or other publicly funded or subsidized health programs that may be implemented and/or any significant taxes or fees that may be imposed on us could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry, including anti-kickback and false claims laws. Violations of fraud and abuse laws may be punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including fines and civil monetary penalties, and/or exclusion from federal health care programs (including Medicare and Medicaid). Federal and state authorities are paying increased attention to enforcement of these laws within the pharmaceutical industry, and private individuals have been active in alleging violations of the laws and bringing suits on behalf of the government under the federal False Claims Act (“FCA”). Violations of international fraud and abuse laws could result in similar penalties, including exclusion from participation in health programs outside the U.S. If we were subject to allegations concerning, or were convicted of violating, these laws, our business could be harmed.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute generally prohibits, among other things, a pharmaceutical manufacturer from directly or indirectly soliciting, offering, receiving, or paying any remuneration in cash or in kind where one purpose is either to induce the referral of an individual for, or the purchase or prescription of a particular drug that is payable by a federal health care program, including Medicare or Medicaid. The Healthcare Reform Act clarifies the intent requirements of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, providing that a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or a specific intent to violate the statute. Violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs as well as civil and criminal fines and penalties of up to $50,000 per violation and three times the amount of the unlawful remuneration. In addition, the Healthcare Reform Act revised the FCA to provide that a claim arising from a violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. The majority of states also have anti-kickback, false claims, and similar fraud and abuse laws and although the specific provisions of these laws vary, their scope is generally broad, and there may not be regulations, guidance or court decisions that apply the laws to particular industry practices. There is therefore a possibility that our practices might be challenged under the anti-kickback statutes or similar laws.

Federal and state false claims laws generally prohibit anyone from knowingly and willfully, among other activities, presenting, or causing to be presented for payment to third party payors (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for drugs or services that are false or fraudulent (which may include claims for services not

 

25


Table of Contents

provided as claimed or claims for medically unnecessary services). False or fraudulent claims for purposes of the FCA carry fines and civil penalties for violations ranging from $10,781 to $21,563 for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government and, most critically, may provide the basis for exclusion from federally funded healthcare programs. There is also a criminal FCA statute by which individuals or entities that submit false claims can face criminal penalties. In addition, under the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law, the Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General has the authority to exclude from participation in federal health care programs or to impose civil penalties against any person who, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, certain false or otherwise improper claims. Our activities relating to the sale and marketing of our products may be subject to scrutiny under these laws.

Laws and regulations have also been enacted by the federal government and various states to regulate the sales and marketing practices of pharmaceutical manufacturers. The laws and regulations generally limit financial interactions between manufacturers and health care providers; require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the U.S. federal government; and/or require disclosure to the government and/or public of financial interactions (so-called “sunshine laws”). The Healthcare Reform Act requires manufacturers to submit information to the FDA on the identity and quantity of drug samples requested and distributed by a manufacturer during each year. Recent scrutiny of pharmaceutical pricing practices by certain companies may lead to changes in laws that currently allow substantial flexibility in pricing decisions by pharmaceutical manufacturers. Such changes could occur at the federal level or state level and may be adopted by statute, rule, or sub-regulatory policies. State laws may also require disclosure of pharmaceutical pricing information and marketing expenditures. Many of these laws and regulations contain ambiguous requirements or require administrative guidance for implementation. Given the lack of clarity in laws and their implementation, our activities could be subject to the penalty provisions of the pertinent federal and state laws and regulations.

Other Healthcare Laws

Our operations may be affected by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations (“HITECH”) which impose obligations on certain “covered entities” (healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses) and certain of their “business associate” contractors with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Although we believe that we are neither a “covered entity” nor a “business associate” under the legislation, a business associate relationship may be imputed from facts and circumstances even in the absence of an actual business associate agreement. In addition, HIPAA and HITECH may affect our interactions with customers who are covered entities or their business associates.

Laws Relating to Foreign Trade

We are subject to various federal and foreign laws that govern our international business practices with respect to payments to government officials. Those laws include the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) which prohibits U.S. companies and their representatives from paying, offering to pay, promising, or authorizing the payment of anything of value to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party, or political candidate for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or to otherwise obtain favorable treatment or influence a person working in an official capacity. In many countries, the healthcare professionals we regularly interact with may meet the FCPA’s definition of a foreign government official. The FCPA also requires public companies to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect their transactions and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls.

Those laws also include the U.K. Bribery Act (“Bribery Act”) which proscribes giving and receiving bribes in the public and private sectors, bribing a foreign public official, and failing to have adequate procedures to

 

26


Table of Contents

prevent employees and other agents from giving bribes. U.S. companies that conduct business in the United Kingdom generally will be subject to the Bribery Act. Penalties under the Bribery Act include potentially unlimited fines for companies and criminal sanctions for corporate officers under certain circumstances.

Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. Our operations reach many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents.

Health and Safety Laws

We are also subject to various federal, state and local laws, regulations and recommendations, both in the U.S. and abroad, relating to safe working conditions, laboratory and manufacturing practices and the use, transportation and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, human health and safety in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions in which we operate. Our operations, like those of other medical product companies, involve the transport, use, handling, storage, exposure to and disposal of materials and wastes regulated under environmental laws, including hazardous and radioactive materials and wastes. If we violate these laws and regulations, we could be fined, criminally charged or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. We believe that our operations currently comply in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and regulations. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—We use hazardous materials in our business and must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive.”

Certain environmental laws and regulations assess liability on current or previous owners or operators of real property for the cost of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous materials or wastes at those formerly owned or operated properties or at third party properties at which they have disposed of hazardous materials or wastes. In addition to cleanup actions brought by governmental authorities, private parties could bring personal injury, property damage or other claims due to the presence of, or exposure to, hazardous materials or wastes. We currently are not party to any claims or any obligations to investigate or remediate contamination at any of our facilities.

We are required to maintain a number of environmental permits and nuclear licenses for our North Billerica, Massachusetts facility, which is our primary manufacturing, packaging and distribution facility. In particular, we must maintain a nuclear byproducts materials license issued by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This license requires that we provide financial assurance demonstrating our ability to cover the cost of decommissioning and decontaminating (“D&D”) the Billerica site at the end of its use as a nuclear facility. In addition, we have a radioactive production facility in San Juan, Puerto Rico. As of December 31, 2016, we currently estimate the D&D cost to be approximately $26.9 million. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we have a liability recorded associated with the fair value of the asset retirement obligations of approximately $9.4 million and $8.1 million, respectively. We have recorded accretion expense of $0.9 million, $0.7 million and $0.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. We currently provide this financial assurance in the form of surety bonds. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of wastes generated by our operations. Prior to disposal, we store any low level radioactive waste at our facilities until the materials are below regulatory limits, as allowed by our licenses and permits.

Environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have become more stringent over time. While we have budgeted for future capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance with these laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that our costs of complying with current or future environmental

 

27


Table of Contents

protection, health and safety laws and regulations will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Further, we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to additional environmental claims for personal injury or cleanup in the future based on our past, present or future business activities. While it is not feasible to predict the future costs of ongoing environmental compliance, it is possible that there will be a need for future provisions for environmental costs that, in management’s opinion, are not likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, but could be material to the results of operations in any one accounting period.

Employees

As of January 31, 2017, we had 465 employees, of which 421 were located in the U.S. and 44 were located internationally, and approximately 78 contractors. None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

Corporate History

Founded in 1956 as New England Nuclear Corporation, our medical imaging diagnostic business was purchased by E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company (“DuPont”) in 1981. BMS subsequently acquired our diagnostic medical imaging business as part of its acquisition of DuPont Pharmaceuticals in 2001. In January 2008, Avista Capital Partners, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore), L.P. and ACP-Lantern Co-Invest, LLC (collectively “Avista”) formed Lantheus Holdings and its subsidiary, Lantheus Intermediate, and, through Lantheus Intermediate, acquired our medical imaging business from BMS. On June 30, 2015, the Company completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common stock. Immediately prior to the consummation of the Company’s IPO, Lantheus MI Intermediate merged with and into Lantheus Holdings, Inc., which was the survivor of the merger. The Company’s common stock is now traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “LNTH”.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, including their ages as of the date of this report:

 

 Name    Age      Position

 Mary Anne Heino

     57      Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

 Jack Crowley

     53      Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 William Dawes

     45      Vice President, Manufacturing and Operations

 Michael Duffy

     56      Senior Vice President, Strategy and Business Development, General Counsel and Secretary

 Timothy Healey

     51      Senior Vice President, Commercial

 Dr. Cesare Orlandi

     66      Chief Medical Officer

 Dr. Simon Robinson

     57      Vice President, Research and Development

 Carol Walker

     54      Vice President, Quality

Mary Anne Heino has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Director since August 2015. She previously served as our Chief Operating Officer, a position she held since March 2015, and our Chief Commercial Officer, a position she held since joining the Company in April 2013. Ms. Heino brings more than 25 years of diverse pharmaceutical industry experience. Prior to joining Lantheus, Ms. Heino led Angelini Labopharm LLC and Labopharm USA in the roles of President and Senior Vice President of World Wide Sales and Marketing from February 2007 to March 2012. From May 2000 until February 2007, Ms. Heino served in numerous capacities at Centocor, Inc., a Johnson & Johnson Company, including Vice President Strategic Planning and Competitive Intelligence, Vice President Sales, Executive Director Customer Relationship Management and Senior Director Immunology Marketing. Ms. Heino began her professional career with Janssen

 

28


Table of Contents

Pharmaceutica as a Sales Representative in June 1989 and worked her way up to the role of Field Sales Director in 1999. Ms. Heino received her Master in Business Administration from New York University Stern School of Business. She earned a Bachelor of Science in Nursing from the City University of New York and a Bachelor of Science in Biology from the State University of New York at Stony Brook. Ms. Heino was chosen as a Director because of her role as President and Chief Executive Officer, which gives her an extensive understanding of our business and operations, and because of her strong commercial experience in the pharmaceutical industry.

Jack Crowley has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since March 2016. Mr. Crowley previously served as our interim Chief Financial Officer from December 2015 to March 2016 and as our Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer from March 2015 to December 2015. Mr. Crowley held the position of Vice President, Finance from April 2013 until March 2015 and was Director, Accounting from September 2010 until April 2013. Prior to joining Lantheus, Mr. Crowley was the Assistant Corporate Controller of Biogen Idec, the Director of Accounting at Thermo Fischer Scientific and a Senior Manager in the Audit practice of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Crowley holds a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Massachusetts and a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Westfield State University and is a Certified Public Accountant (Massachusetts licensure, current status inactive).

William Dawes has served as our Vice President, Manufacturing and Operations since November 2010. Mr. Dawes held the position of Vice President, Manufacturing and Supply Chain from January 2008 to November 2010. From 2005 to 2008, Mr. Dawes served as General Manager, Medical Imaging Technical Operations, Interim General Manager, Medical Imaging Technical Operations and Director, Engineering and Maintenance for Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging. Mr. Dawes began his career with DuPont Merck Pharmaceuticals. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering from Hofstra University.

Michael Duffy has served as our Senior Vice President, Strategy and Business Development since October 2015 and our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since January 2008. From 2002 to 2008, he served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Point Therapeutics, Inc., a Boston-based biopharmaceutical company. Between 1999 and 2001, Mr. Duffy served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Digital Broadband Communications, Inc., a competitive local exchange carrier. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Duffy served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of ETC w/tci, a sub-portfolio of TCI Ventures, Inc./Liberty Media Corporation. Mr. Duffy began his legal career with the law firm Ropes & Gray and holds law degrees from the University of Pennsylvania and Oxford University and a Bachelor of Arts degree in History of Science from Harvard College. From 2013 to 2015, Mr. Duffy also served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of CORAR, the Council on Radionuclides and Radiopharmaceuticals, a trade association for the radiopharmaceutical industry.

Timothy Healey has served as our Senior Vice President, Commercial since November 2015. Previously, Mr. Healey spent nearly three years with Abbott Laboratories and then AbbVie, Inc., a spinoff of Abbott, as Vice President, U.S. Virology. Before joining Abbott/AbbVie, he served as Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations at AMAG Pharmaceuticals and Executive Director, CNS Marketing at Sepracor. Earlier in his career, Mr. Healey held positions at Aventis, Hoechst Marion Roussel, Marion Merrell Dow and Marion Laboratories, including sales and sales management roles. He received a Bachelor of Science from Boston College and a Master of Business Administration from Babson College, Franklin W. Olin Graduate School of Business.

Dr. Cesare Orlandi has served as our Chief Medical Officer since March 2013. Dr. Orlandi brings more than 20 years of diverse pharmaceutical industry experience. Prior to joining Lantheus, Dr. Orlandi served from January 2012 until February 2013 as Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer of TransTech Pharma, Inc., a clinical stage pharmaceutical company focused on discovery and development of human therapeutics. From 2007 until 2011, Dr. Orlandi served as Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer of Cardiokine, Inc., a specialty pharmaceutical company developing hospital products for cardiovascular indications. From 1998 until 2007, Dr. Orlandi served, among other positions, as Vice President, Global Clinical Development of Otsuka Pharmaceuticals, a large Japanese pharmaceutical company. Earlier in his career, Dr. Orlandi served in

 

29


Table of Contents

increasing roles of clinical research responsibility at Medco Research, Inc. and the Radiopharmaceutical Division of The DuPont Merck Pharmaceutical Company, a predecessor organization to Lantheus, and The Upjohn Company. Dr. Orlandi received his medical degree from the University of Pavia Medical School in Pavia, Italy. He is currently an Adjunct Assistant Professor of Medicine at Tufts University School of Medicine in Boston, Massachusetts, and he is a founding member of the American Society of Nuclear Cardiology and a Fellow of the American College of Cardiology, the European Society of Cardiology and the American Society of Nuclear Cardiology.

Dr. Simon Robinson has served as our Vice President, Research and Pharmaceutical Development, a position he has held since February 2010. Dr. Robinson was our Senior Director, Discovery Research from 2008 to 2010 and our Director, Discovery Biology and Veterinary Sciences from 2001 to 2008. Prior to joining us, he held research positions at Bristol-Myers Squibb, Sphinx Pharmaceuticals, BASF and DuPont Pharmaceuticals. He holds a Ph.D. and Bachelor of Science Pharmacology from the University of Leeds, England and did post-doctoral training at the University of Wisconsin Clinical Cancer Center.

Carol Walker has served as our Vice President, Quality since February 2015. Ms. Walker brings more than 30 years of industry experience in quality and medical technology primarily in the medical device area. Prior to joining Lantheus, Ms. Walker served as Vice President of Quality for Intelligent Medical Devices, Inc. from 2012 to 2015. Previously she held a number of successive Quality management roles at Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics (formerly Bayer Healthcare Diagnostics), including Vice President, Quality Assurance from 2007 to 2011 and Director, Quality Assurance from 2001 to 2007. Ms. Walker received a Bachelor of Science degree in Medical Technology from the Rochester Institute of Technology.

Available information

The Company maintains a global internet site at www.lantheus.com. The Company makes available for free on its website its Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials the Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Company’s reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov in a document, and for Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, in an XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) format. XBRL is an electronic coding language to create an interactive financial statement data over the internet. The information on the Company’s website is neither part of nor incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the following risks. These risks could materially affect our business, results of operations or financial condition, cause the trading price of our outstanding notes to decline materially or cause our actual results to differ materially from those expected or those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and the risks of our businesses described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our dependence upon third parties for the manufacture and supply of a substantial portion of our products could prevent us from delivering our products to our customers in the required quantities, within the required timeframes, or at all, which could result in order cancellations and decreased revenues.

We obtain a substantial portion of our products from third party manufacturers and suppliers. We rely on JHS as our sole source manufacturer of DEFINITY, Neurolite, Cardiolite and evacuation vials. Our technology

 

30


Table of Contents

transfer activities with Pharmalucence for the manufacture and supply of DEFINITY have been repeatedly delayed, and we are now in the process of negotiating an exit to that arrangement. We currently have additional on-going technology transfer activities for our next generation DEFINITY product with SBL, but we cannot give any assurances as to when that technology transfer will be completed and when we will actually receive supply of next generation DEFINITY product from SBL. Currently, our DEFINITY, Neurolite, Cardiolite, evacuation vial and saline product supplies are approved for manufacture by a single manufacturer.

Based on our current estimates, we believe that we will have sufficient supply of DEFINITY, Neurolite, Cardiolite and evacuation vials from JHS, and sufficient supply of saline from our sole manufacturer, to meet expected demand. However, we can give no assurances that JHS or our other manufacturing partner will be able to manufacture and distribute our products in a high quality and timely manner and in sufficient quantities to allow us to avoid product stock-outs and shortfalls. Currently, regulatory authorities in certain countries have not yet approved JHS as a manufacturer of certain of our products. Accordingly, until those regulatory approvals have been obtained, our international business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows will continue to be adversely affected.

In addition to the products described above, for reasons of quality assurance or cost-effectiveness, we purchase certain components and raw materials from sole suppliers (including, for example, the lead casing for our TechneLite generators, the evacuation vials for our TechneLite generators manufactured by JHS and the lipid blend material used in the processing of DEFINITY). Because we do not control the actual production of many of the products we sell and many of the raw materials and components that make up the products we sell, we may be subject to delays caused by interruption in production based on events and conditions outside of our control. At our North Billerica, Massachusetts facility, we manufacture TechneLite on a relatively new, highly automated production line, as well as Thallium and Gallium using our older cyclotron technology and Xenon and Quadramet using our hot cell infrastructure. As with all manufacturing facilities, equipment and infrastructure age and become subject to increasing maintenance and repair. If we or one of our manufacturing partners experiences an event, including a labor dispute, natural disaster, fire, power outage, machinery breakdown, security problem, failure to meet regulatory requirements, product quality issue, technology transfer issue or other issue, we may be unable to manufacture the relevant products at previous levels or on the forecasted schedule, if at all. Due to the stringent regulations and requirements of the governing regulatory authorities regarding the manufacture of our products, we may not be able to quickly restart manufacturing at a third party or our own facility or establish additional or replacement sources for certain products, components or materials.

In addition to our existing manufacturing relationships, we are also pursuing new manufacturing relationships to establish and secure additional or alternative suppliers for our commercial products. Our technology transfer activities with Pharmalucence for the manufacture and supply of DEFINITY have been repeatedly delayed, and we are now in the process of negotiating an exit to that arrangement. We currently have additional on-going technology transfer activities for our next generation DEFINITY product with SBL, but we cannot assure you that these activities or any of our additional supply activities will be successful or that we will be able to avoid or mitigate interim supply shortages before those new manufacturers or sources of product are fully functional and qualified. In addition, we cannot assure you that our existing manufacturers or suppliers or any new manufacturers or suppliers can adequately maintain either their financial health or regulatory compliance to allow continued production and supply. A reduction or interruption in manufacturing, or an inability to secure alternative sources of raw materials or components, could eventually have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Challenges with product quality or product performance, including defects, caused by us or our suppliers could result in a decrease in customers and revenues, unexpected expenses and loss of market share.

The manufacture of our products is highly exacting and complex and must meet stringent quality requirements, due in part to strict regulatory requirements, including the FDA’s current cGMPs. Problems may be identified or arise during manufacturing quality review, packaging or shipment for a variety of reasons

 

31


Table of Contents

including equipment malfunction, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, defective raw materials and environmental factors. Additionally, manufacturing flaws, component failures, design defects, off-label uses or inadequate disclosure of product-related information could result in an unsafe condition or the injury or death of a patient. Those events could lead to a recall of, or issuance of a safety alert relating to, our products. We also may undertake voluntarily to recall products or temporarily shut down production lines based on internal safety and quality monitoring and testing data.

Quality, regulatory and recall challenges could cause us to incur significant costs, including costs to replace products, lost revenue, damage to customer relationships, time and expense spent investigating the cause and costs of any possible settlements or judgments related thereto and potentially cause similar losses with respect to other products. These challenges could also divert the attention of our management and employees from operational, commercial or other business efforts. If we deliver products with defects, or if there is a perception that our products or the processes related to our products contain errors or defects, we could incur additional recall and product liability costs, and our credibility and the market acceptance and sales of our products could be materially adversely affected. Due to the strong name recognition of our brands, an adverse event involving one of our products could result in reduced market acceptance and demand for all products within that brand, and could harm our reputation and our ability to market our products in the future. In some circumstances, adverse events arising from or associated with the design, manufacture or marketing of our products could result in the suspension or delay of regulatory reviews of our applications for new product approvals. These challenges could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The global supply of Moly is fragile and not stable. Our dependence on a limited number of third party suppliers for Moly could prevent us from delivering some of our products to our customers in the required quantities, within the required timeframe, or at all, which could result in order cancellations and decreased revenues.

A critical ingredient of TechneLite, historically our largest product by annual revenues, is Moly. We currently purchase finished Moly from three of the four main processing sites in the world, namely NTP in South Africa; ANSTO in Australia; and IRE in Belgium. These processing sites are, in turn, supplied by five of the six main Moly-producing reactors in the world, namely, OPAL in Australia; BR2 in Belgium; LVR-15 in the Czech Republic; HFR in The Netherlands; and SAFARI in South Africa.

Historically, our largest supplier of Moly was Nordion, which has relied on the NRU reactor owned by Atomic Energy of Canada Limited (“AECL”), a Crown corporation of the Government of Canada, located in Chalk River, Ontario. As a result of a decision by the Government of Canada, the NRU reactor is exiting the medical isotope business and beginning in November 2016 will provide only emergency back-up Moly supply through March 2018.

ANSTO has under construction, in cooperation with NTP, a new Moly processing facility that ANSTO believes will expand its production capacity by approximately 2.5 times, with commercial production planned to start in the first half of 2018. In addition, IRE received approval from its regulator to expand its production capability by up to 50% of its former capacity. This new ANSTO and IRE production capacity is expected to replace the NRU’s most recent routine production. While we believe this additional Moly supply now gives us the most balanced and diversified Moly supply chain in the industry, a prolonged disruption of service from only one of our Moly suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. We are also pursuing additional sources of Moly from potential new producers around the world to further augment our current supply. In November 2014, we entered into a strategic agreement with SHINE for the future supply of Moly. Under the terms of the supply agreement, SHINE will provide Moly produced using its proprietary LEU-solution technology for use in our TechneLite generators once SHINE’s facility becomes operational and receives all necessary regulatory approvals, which SHINE currently estimates will occur in 2019. However, we cannot assure you that SHINE or any other possible additional sources of Moly will result in commercial quantities of Moly for our business, or that these new suppliers together with our current suppliers will be able to deliver a sufficient quantity of Moly to meet our needs.

 

32


Table of Contents

U.S., Canadian and international governments have encouraged the development of a number of alternative Moly production projects with existing reactors and technologies as well as new technologies. However, the Moly produced from these projects will likely not become available until at least 2018. As a result, there is a limited amount of Moly available which could limit the quantity of TechneLite that we could manufacture, sell and distribute, resulting in a further substantial negative effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Most of the global suppliers of Moly rely on AREVA Group in France to fabricate uranium targets and in some cases fuel for research reactors from which Moly is produced. Absent a new supplier, a supply disruption relating to uranium targets or fuel could have a substantial negative effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The instability of the global supply of Moly, including supply shortages, resulted in increases in the cost of Moly, which has negatively affected our margins, and more restrictive agreements with suppliers, which could further increase our costs.

With the general instability in the global supply of Moly, including supply shortages during 2009 and 2010, we have faced substantial increases in the cost of Moly in comparison to historical costs. We expect these cost increases to continue in the future as the Moly suppliers move closer to a full cost recovery business model. The Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”) defines full cost recovery as the identification of all of the costs of production and recovering these costs from the market. While we are generally able to pass Moly cost increases on to our customers in our customer contracts, if we are not able to do so in the future, our margins may decline further with respect to our TechneLite generators, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our just-in-time manufacturing of radiopharmaceutical products relies on the timely receipt of radioactive raw materials and the timely shipment of finished goods, and any disruption of our supply or distribution networks could have a negative effect on our business.

Because a number of our radiopharmaceutical products, including our TechneLite generators, rely on radioisotopes with limited half-lives, we must manufacture, finish and distribute these products on a just-in-time basis, because the underlying radioisotope is in a constant state of radio decay. For example, if we receive Moly in the morning of a manufacturing day for TechneLite generators, then we will generally ship finished generators to customers by the end of that same business day. Shipment of generators may be by next day delivery services or by either ground or air custom logistics. Any delay in us receiving radioisotopes from suppliers or being able to have finished products delivered to customers because of weather or other unforeseen transportation issues could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The growth of our business is substantially dependent on increased market penetration for the appropriate use of DEFINITY in suboptimal echocardiograms.

The growth of our business is substantially dependent on increased market penetration for the appropriate use of DEFINITY in suboptimal echocardiograms. Of the total number of echocardiograms performed each year in the U.S., over 31.8 million in 2016, based on medical literature, a third party source estimates that 20%, or approximately 6.4 million echocardiograms in 2016, produced suboptimal images. We estimate that DEFINITY had an approximately 80% share of the U.S. market for contrast agents in echocardiography procedures as of December 2016. If we are not able to continue to grow DEFINITY sales through increased market penetration, we will not be able to grow the revenue and cash flow of the business or share the substantial overhead of the balance of our business, which could have a negative effect on our prospects.

We face potential supply and demand challenges for Xenon.

Historically, Nordion was our sole supplier, and a principal supplier on a global basis, of Xenon, which is captured as a by-product of the Moly production process. In January 2015, we entered into a strategic agreement

 

33


Table of Contents

with IRE for the supply of Xenon. We are now receiving bulk unprocessed Xenon from IRE, which we are processing and finishing for our customers. We believe we will have sufficient supply of Xenon to meet our customers’ needs. However, until we can qualify an additional source of bulk unprocessed Xenon, we will rely on IRE as a sole source provider. For the year ended December 31, 2016, Xenon represented approximately 9.6% of our revenues.

Historically, several companies, including IBAM, sold packaged Xenon as a pulmonary imaging agent in the U.S., but from 2010 through the first quarter of 2016 we were the only supplier of this imaging agent in the U.S. In March 2016, IBAM received regulatory approval from the FDA to again sell packaged Xenon in the U.S. and has begun to do so. Depending upon the pricing, extent of availability and market penetration of IBAM’s offering, we believe we are at risk for volume loss and price erosion from those customers which are not subject to price or volume commitments with us.

In addition to IBAM again selling packaged Xenon in the U.S., if there is an increase in the use of other imaging modalities in place of packaged Xenon, our current sales volumes would decrease, which could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Xenon is frequently administered as part of a ventilation scan to evaluate pulmonary function prior to a perfusion scan with microaggregated albumin (“MAA”), a technetium-based radiopharmaceutical used to evaluate blood flow to the lungs. Currently, Draxis is the sole supplier of MAA on a global basis. Since 2014, Draxis has instituted multiple and substantial price increases for MAA. The increased price of MAA, or difficulties in obtaining MAA, could decrease the frequency in which MAA is used for lung perfusion evaluation, in turn, decreasing the frequency that Xenon is used for pulmonary function evaluation, resulting in a negative effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In the U.S., we are heavily dependent on a few large customers and group purchasing organization arrangements to generate a majority of our revenues for our medical imaging products. Outside of the U.S., we rely primarily on distributors to generate a substantial portion of our revenue.

In the U.S., we have historically relied on a limited number of radiopharmacy customers, primarily Cardinal, UPPI, GE Healthcare and Triad, to distribute our current largest volume nuclear imaging products and generate a majority of our revenues. Three customers accounted for approximately 30% of our revenues in the year ended December 31, 2016, with UPPI, Cardinal, and GE Healthcare accounting for approximately 11%, 10% and 9%, respectively. Among the existing radiopharmacies in the U.S., continued consolidations, divestitures and reorganizations may have a negative effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. We generally have distribution arrangements with our major radiopharmacy customers pursuant to multi-year contracts, each of which is subject to renewal. If these contracts are terminated prior to expiration of their term, or are not renewed, or are renewed on terms that are less favorable to us, then such an event could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In Puerto Rico, we own and operate one of two radiopharmacies on the island and sell our own products as well as products of third parties to end users.

For all of our medical imaging products, we continue to experience significant pricing pressures from our competitors, large customers and group purchasing organizations, and any significant, additional pricing pressures could lead to a reduction in revenue which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Outside of the U.S., Canada and Puerto Rico, we have no sales force and, consequently, rely on third party distributors, either on a country-by-country basis or on a multi-country, regional basis, to market, sell and distribute our products. This is the case in both Canada and Australia, where we formerly owned or operated

 

34


Table of Contents

radiopharmacies and are now distributing products under the Isologic Agreement and the GMS Agreement, respectively. Distributors accounted for approximately 34%, 15% and 17% of International segment revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In certain circumstances, distributors may also sell competing products to our own or products for competing diagnostic modalities and may have incentives to shift sales towards those competing products. As a result, we cannot assure you that our international distributors will increase or maintain our current levels of unit sales or increase or maintain our current unit pricing, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We have a history of net losses and total stockholders’ deficits which may continue and which may negatively impact our ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

We have a history of net losses and cannot assure you that we will achieve or sustain profitability in the future. We incurred net losses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 of $14.7 million and $3.6 million, respectively, and as of December 31, 2016, we had a total stockholders’ deficit of $106.5 million. Although we had net income of $26.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, we cannot assure you that we will be able to sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. If we cannot improve our profitability, the value of our enterprise may decline.

We face significant competition in our business and may not be able to compete effectively.

The market for diagnostic medical imaging agents is highly competitive and continually evolving. Our principal competitors in existing diagnostic modalities include large, global companies with substantial financial, manufacturing, sales and marketing and logistics resources that are more diversified than ours, such as GE Healthcare, Bracco, IBAM, Bayer and Draxis, as well as other competitors. We cannot anticipate their actions in the same or competing diagnostic modalities, such as significant price reductions on products that are comparable to our own, development or introduction of new products that are more cost-effective or have superior performance than our current products, the introduction of generic versions when our proprietary products lose their patent protection or the new entry into a generic market in which we are already a participant. In addition, distributors of our products could attempt to shift end-users to competing diagnostic modalities and products. Our current or future products could be rendered obsolete or uneconomical as a result of these activities. Our failure to compete effectively could cause us to lose market share to our competitors and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Xenon for lung ventilation diagnosis is our third largest product by revenue. Historically, several companies, including IBAM, sold packaged Xenon as a pulmonary imaging agent in the U.S., but from 2010 through the first quarter of 2016, we were the only supplier of this imaging agent in the U.S. In March 2016, IBAM received regulatory approval from the FDA to again sell packaged Xenon in the U.S. and has begun to do so. Depending upon the pricing, extent of availability and market penetration of IBAM’s offering, we believe we are at risk for volume loss and price erosion for those customers which are not subject to price or volume commitments. See Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Factors Affecting Our Results—Competition for Xenon.”

Certain of our customers are highly dependent on payments from third party payors, including government sponsored programs, particularly Medicare, in the U.S. and other countries in which we operate, and reductions in third party coverage and reimbursement rates for our products (or sources provided with our products) could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

A substantial portion of our revenue depends, in part, on the extent to which the costs of our products purchased by our customers are reimbursed by third party payors, including Medicare, Medicaid, other U.S. government sponsored programs, non-U.S. governmental payors and private payors. These third party payors exercise significant control over patient access and increasingly use their enhanced bargaining power to secure

 

35


Table of Contents

discounted rates and other requirements that may reduce demand for our products. Our potential customers’ ability to obtain appropriate reimbursement for products and services from these third party payors affects the selection of products they purchase and the prices they are willing to pay. For example, certain radiopharmaceuticals, when used for non-invasive imaging of the perfusion of the heart for the diagnosis and management of patients with known or suspected coronary artery disease, are currently subject to a Medicare National Coverage Determination (“NCD”). The NCD permits the coverage of such radiopharmaceuticals only when certain criteria are met. Our pipeline products, including flurpiridaz F 18, if approved, may become subject to this NCD, and may not be covered at all. If Medicare and other third party payors do not provide appropriate reimbursement for the costs of our products (or services provided using our products), deny the coverage of the products (or those services), or reduce current levels of reimbursement, healthcare professionals may not prescribe our products and providers and suppliers may not purchase our products. In addition, demand for new products may be limited unless we obtain favorable reimbursement policies (including coverage, coding and payment) from governmental and private third party payors at the time of the product’s introduction, which will depend, in part, on our ability to demonstrate that a new agent has a positive impact on clinical outcomes. Third party payors continually review their coverage policies for existing and new therapies and can deny coverage for treatments that include the use of our products or revise payment policies such that payments do not adequately cover the cost of our products. Even if third party payors make coverage and reimbursement available, that reimbursement may not be adequate or these payors’ reimbursement policies may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Over the past several years, Medicare has implemented numerous changes to payment policies for imaging procedures in both the hospital setting and non-hospital settings (which include physician offices and freestanding imaging facilities). Some of these changes have had a negative impact on utilization of imaging services. Examples of these changes include:

 

    Limiting payments for imaging services in physician offices and free-standing imaging facility settings based upon rates paid to hospital outpatient departments;

 

    Reducing payments for certain imaging procedures when performed together with other imaging procedures in the same family of procedures on the same patient on the same day in the physician office and free-standing imaging facility setting;

 

    Making significant revisions to the methodology for determining the practice expense component of the Medicare payment applicable to the physician office and free-standing imaging facility setting which results in a reduction in payment; and

 

    Revising payment policies and reducing payment amounts for imaging procedures performed in the hospital outpatient setting.

In the physician office and free-standing imaging facility setting, services provided using our products are reimbursed under the Medicare physician fee schedule and, in April 2015, new legislation changed the methodology for updating the fee schedule. The Medicare physician fee schedule is no longer subject to mandatory cuts under Medicare’s sustainable growth rate formula (which was intended to limit the increase in aggregate physician payments). Payments under the Medicare physician fee schedule are now subject to specific annual updates (0.5%) through 2019; no updates from 2020 to 2025; and, beginning in 2026, differential updates based on whether the physician participates in alternative payment models (with 0.75% updates for participants and 0.25% updates for non-participants). The legislation also adjusts the fee schedule payments, beginning in 2019, for certain physicians based on their performance under a consolidated measurement system (that measures performance with respect to quality, resource utilization, meaningful use of certified electronic health records technology, and clinical practice improvement activities). Also beginning in 2019, physicians may be eligible for a bonus based on the use of certain alternative payment models designated as “advanced” by CMS. The impact of these changes cannot be determined at this time.

We believe that Medicare changes to payment policies for imaging procedures applicable to non-hospital settings will continue to result in certain physician practices ceasing to provide these services and a further

 

36


Table of Contents

shifting of where certain medical imaging procedures are performed, from the physician office and free-standing imaging facility settings to the hospital outpatient setting. Changes applicable to Medicare payment in the hospital outpatient setting could also influence the decisions by hospital outpatient physicians to perform procedures that involve our products. Within the hospital outpatient setting, CMS has revised its payment policy such that the use of many of our products are not separately payable by Medicare, although new drug products are eligible for separate payment for a portion of the drug products’ costs and certain products may trigger an additional nominal payment. Specifically, since 2013, although Medicare generally does not provide separate payment to hospitals for the use of diagnostic radiopharmaceuticals administered in an outpatient setting, CMS has had a policy to make a nominal additional payment ($10) to hospitals that utilize products with non-HEU, meaning the product is 95% derived from non-HEU sources. This payment policy continues in 2017. Although some of our TechneLite generators are manufactured using non-HEU, not all of our TechneLite generators meet CMS’s definition of non-HEU, and therefore this payment is not available for doses produced by the latter category of TechneLite generators used by our customers. This payment as well as other changes to the Medicare hospital outpatient prospective payment system payment rates could influence the decisions by hospital outpatient physicians to perform procedures that involve our products.

We also believe that all these changes and their resulting pressures may incrementally reduce the overall number of diagnostic medical imaging procedures performed. These changes overall could slow the acceptance and introduction of next-generation imaging equipment into the marketplace, which, in turn, could adversely impact the future market adoption of certain of our imaging agents already in the market or currently in clinical or preclinical development. We expect that there will continue to be proposals to reduce or limit Medicare and Medicaid payment for diagnostic services.

We also expect increased regulation and oversight of advanced diagnostic testing in which our products are used. Federal legislation requires CMS to develop appropriate use criteria (“AUC”) that professionals must consult when ordering advanced diagnostic imaging services (which include MRI, CT, nuclear medicine (including PET) and other advanced diagnostic imaging services that the Secretary of HHS, may specify). Beginning in 2018, payment will be made to the furnishing professional for an applicable advanced diagnostic imaging service only if the claim indicates that the ordering professional consulted a qualified clinical decision support mechanism, as identified by HHS, as to whether the ordered service adheres to the applicable AUC. To the extent that these types of changes have the effect of reducing the aggregate number of diagnostic medical imaging procedures performed in the U.S., our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows would be adversely affected. See Part I, Item I. “Business—Regulatory Matters.”

Reforms to the U.S. healthcare system may adversely affect our business.

A significant portion of our patient volume is derived from U.S. government healthcare programs, principally Medicare, which are highly regulated and subject to frequent and substantial changes. For example, in March 2010, the President signed one of the most significant healthcare reform measures in decades, the Healthcare Reform Act. The Healthcare Reform Act substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. The law contains a number of provisions that affect coverage and reimbursement of drug products and medical imaging procedures in which our drug products are used and/or that could potentially reduce the aggregate number of diagnostic medical imaging procedures performed in the U.S. See Part I, Item 1. “Business—Regulatory Matters—Healthcare Reform and Other Laws Affecting Payment.” More recently, the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 significantly revised the methodology for updating Medicare physician fee schedule. Congress continues to consider other healthcare reform legislation. There is no assurance that the Healthcare Reform Act, as currently enacted or as amended in the future, will not adversely affect our business and financial results, and we cannot predict how future federal or state legislative, judicial or administrative changes relating to healthcare reform will affect our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Healthcare Reform Act was enacted. The Budget Control Act of 2011 and subsequent Congressional actions includes provisions to reduce the

 

37


Table of Contents

federal deficit. These provisions have resulted in the imposition of 2% reductions in Medicare payments to providers, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and will remain in effect through 2024, and a 4% reduction in payment to providers during the first half of 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken. Any significant spending reductions affecting Medicare, Medicaid or other publicly funded or subsidized health programs that may be implemented and/or any significant taxes or fees that may be imposed on us, as part of any broader deficit reduction effort or legislative replacement to the Budget Control Act, could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Further, changes in payor mix and reimbursement by private third party payors may also affect our business. Rates paid by some private third party payors are based, in part, on established physician, clinic and hospital charges and are generally higher than Medicare payment rates. Reductions in the amount of reimbursement paid for diagnostic medical imaging procedures and changes in the mix of our patients between non-governmental payors and government sponsored healthcare programs and among different types of non-government payor sources, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The full impact on our business of healthcare reforms and other new laws, or changes in existing laws, is uncertain. Nor is it clear whether additional legislative changes will be adopted or how those changes would affect our industry in general or our ability to successfully commercialize our products or develop new products.

Our business and industry are subject to complex and costly regulations. If government regulations are interpreted or enforced in a manner adverse to us or our business, we may be subject to enforcement actions, penalties, exclusion and other material limitations on our operations.

Both before and after the approval of our products and agents in development, we, our products, development agents, operations, facilities, suppliers, distributors, contract manufacturers, contract research organizations and contract testing laboratories are subject to extensive and, in certain circumstances, expanding regulation by federal, state and local government agencies in the U.S. as well as non-U.S. and transnational laws and regulations, with regulations differing from country to country. In the U.S., the FDA regulates, among other things, the pre-clinical testing, clinical trials, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, potency, labeling, storage, record keeping, quality systems, advertising, promotion, sale, distribution, and import and export of drug products. We are required to register our business for permits and/or licenses with, and comply with the stringent requirements of the FDA, the NRC, the HHS, Health Canada, the EMA, the MHRA, the CFDA, state and provincial boards of pharmacy, state and provincial health departments and other federal, state and provincial agencies.

Under U.S. law, for example, we are required to report certain adverse events and production problems, if any, to the FDA. We also have similar adverse event and production reporting obligations outside of the U.S., including to the EMA and MHRA. Additionally, we must comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products, including the prohibition on the promotion of our products for indications that have not been approved by the FDA or a so-called “off-label use.” If the FDA determines that our promotional materials constitute the unlawful promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions. Also, quality control and manufacturing procedures at our own facility and at third party suppliers must conform to cGMP regulations and other applicable law after approval, and the FDA periodically inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMPs and other applicable law, and, from time to time, makes those cGMPs more stringent. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must expend time, money, and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control. For example, we currently rely on JHS as our sole manufacturer of DEFINITY, Neurolite, Cardiolite and evacuation vials. In 2013, JHS received a warning letter from the FDA in connection with their manufacturing facility in Spokane, Washington where our products are manufactured. Although the FDA upgraded JHS’s compliance status to Voluntary Action Indicated, meaning that any issues are not of “regulatory significance” in June of 2015, if in the future the same or other issues arise, the FDA could take additional regulatory action which could limit or suspend the ability of JHS to manufacture our products or

 

38


Table of Contents

have any additional products approved at the Spokane facility for manufacture until the issues are resolved and remediated. Such a limitation or suspension could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We are also subject to laws and regulations that govern financial and other arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers and healthcare providers, including federal and state anti-kickback statutes, federal and state false claims laws and regulations and other fraud and abuse laws and regulations. For example, in 2010, we entered into a Medicaid Drug Rebate Agreement with the federal government for some but not all of our products, and in 2016 entered into a separate Medicaid Drug Rebate Agreement for the balance of our products. These agreements require us to report certain price information to the federal government that could subject us to potential liability under the FCA, civil monetary penalties or liability under other laws and regulations in connection with the covered products as well as the products not at the time covered by the agreements. Determination of the rebate amount that we pay to state Medicaid programs for our products, as well as determination of payment amounts for some of our products under Medicare and certain other third party payers, including government payers, depends upon information reported by us to the government. In 2016, CMS published final rules on the determination and reporting of average manufacturer price and best price. If we provide customers or government officials with inaccurate information about the products’ pricing or eligibility for coverage, or the products fail to satisfy coverage requirements, we could be terminated from the rebate program, be excluded from participation in government healthcare programs, or be subject to potential liability under the False Claims Act or other laws and regulations. See Part I, Item 1. “Business—Regulatory Matters—Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws.”

Failure to comply with other requirements and restrictions placed upon us or our third party manufacturers or suppliers by laws and regulations can result in fines, civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from federal healthcare programs and debarment. Possible consequences of those actions could include:

 

    Substantial modifications to our business practices and operations;

 

    Significantly reduced demand for our products (if products become ineligible for reimbursement under federal and state healthcare programs);

 

    A total or partial shutdown of production in one or more of the facilities where our products are produced while the alleged violation is being remediated;

 

    Delays in or the inability to obtain future pre-market clearances or approvals; and

 

    Withdrawals or suspensions of our current products from the market.

Regulations are subject to change as a result of legislative, administrative or judicial action, which may also increase our costs or reduce sales. Violation of any of these regulatory schemes, individually or collectively, could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our marketing and sales practices may contain risks that could result in significant liability, require us to change our business practices and restrict our operations in the future.

We are subject to numerous domestic (federal, state and local) and foreign laws addressing fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry, including the FCA and Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, self-referral laws, the FCPA, the Bribery Act, FDA promotional restrictions, the federal disclosure (sunshine) law and state marketing and disclosure (sunshine) laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including substantial fines, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid as well as health programs outside the U.S., and even alleged violations can result in the imposition of corporate integrity agreements that could severely restrict or limit our business practices. See Part I, Item 1. “Business-Regulatory Matters-Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws and Laws Relating to Foreign Trade.” These

 

39


Table of Contents

laws and regulations are complex and subject to changing interpretation and application, which could restrict our sales or marketing practices. Even minor and inadvertent irregularities could potentially give rise to a charge that the law has been violated. Although we believe we maintain an appropriate compliance program, we cannot be certain that the program will adequately detect or prevent violations and/or the relevant regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation. Additionally, if there is a change in law, regulation or administrative or judicial interpretations, we may have to change one or more of our business practices to be in compliance with these laws. Required changes could be costly and time consuming.

If our operations are found to be in violation of these laws or any other government regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, or exclusion from state and federal healthcare programs including Medicare and Medicaid, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Ultrasound contrast agents may cause side effects which could limit our ability to sell DEFINITY.

DEFINITY is an ultrasound contrast agent based on perflutren lipid microspheres. In 2007, the FDA received reports of deaths and serious cardiopulmonary reactions following the administration of ultrasound micro-bubble contrast agents used in echocardiography. Four of the 11 reported deaths were caused by cardiac arrest occurring either during or within 30 minutes following the administration of the contrast agent; most of the serious but non-fatal reactions also occurred in this time frame. As a result, in October 2007, the FDA requested that we and GE Healthcare, which distributes Optison, a competitor to DEFINITY, add a boxed warning to these products emphasizing the risk for serious cardiopulmonary reactions and that the use of these products was contraindicated in certain patients. In a strong reaction by the cardiology community to the FDA’s new position, a letter was sent to the FDA, signed by 161 doctors, stating that the benefit of these ultrasound contrast agents outweighed the risks and urging that the boxed warning be removed. In May 2008, the FDA substantially modified the boxed warning. On May 2, 2011, the FDA held an advisory committee meeting to consider the status of ultrasound micro-bubble contrast agents and the boxed warning. In October 2011, we received FDA approval of further modifications to the DEFINITY label, including: further relaxing the boxed warning; eliminating the sentence in the Indication and Use section “The safety and efficacy of DEFINITY with exercise stress or pharmacologic stress testing have not been established” (previously added in October 2007 in connection with the imposition of the box warning); and including summary data from the post-approval CaRES (Contrast echocardiography Registry for Safety Surveillance) safety registry and the post-approval pulmonary hypertension study. Bracco’s recently approved ultrasound contrast agent, Lumason, has substantially similar safety labeling as DEFINITY and Optison. If additional safety issues arise, this may result in unfavorable changes in labeling or result in restrictions on the approval of our product, including removal of the product from the market. Lingering safety concerns about DEFINITY among some healthcare providers or future unanticipated side effects or safety concerns associated with DEFINITY could limit expanded use of DEFINITY and have a material adverse effect on the unit sales of this product and our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business depends on our ability to successfully introduce new products and adapt to a changing technology and diagnostic landscape.

The healthcare industry is characterized by continuous technological development resulting in changing customer preferences and requirements. The success of new product development depends on many factors, including our ability to fund development of new agents, anticipate and satisfy customer needs, obtain regulatory approval on a timely basis based on performance of our agents in development versus their clinical study comparators, develop and manufacture products in a cost-effective and timely manner, maintain advantageous positions with respect to intellectual property and differentiate our products from our competitors. To compete successfully in the marketplace, we must make substantial investments in new product development whether internally or externally through licensing or acquisitions. Our failure to introduce new and innovative products in

 

40


Table of Contents

a timely manner would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Even if we are able to develop, manufacture and obtain regulatory approvals for our new products, the success of these products would depend upon market acceptance and adequate reimbursement. Levels of market acceptance for our new products could be affected by a number of factors, including:

 

    The availability of alternative products from our competitors;

 

    The price of our products relative to those of our competitors;

 

    The timing of our market entry;

 

    Our ability to market and distribute our products effectively;

 

    Market acceptance of our products; and

 

    Our ability to obtain adequate reimbursement.

The field of diagnostic medical imaging is dynamic, with new products, including equipment and agents, continually being developed and existing products continually being refined. Our own diagnostic imaging agents compete not only with other similarly administered imaging agents but also with imaging agents employed in different and often competing diagnostic modalities. New imaging agents in a given diagnostic modality may be developed that provide benefits superior to the then-dominant agent in that modality, resulting in commercial displacement. Similarly, changing perceptions about comparative efficacy and safety including, among other things, comparative radiation exposure, as well as changing availability of supply may favor one agent over another or one modality over another. In addition, new or revised appropriate use criteria developed by professional societies, to assist physicians and other health care providers in making appropriate imaging decisions for specific clinical conditions, can and have reduced the frequency of and demand for certain imaging modalities and imaging agents. To the extent there is technological obsolescence in any of our products that we manufacture, resulting in lower unit sales or decreased unit sales prices, we will have increased unit overhead allocable to the remaining market share, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The process of developing new drugs and obtaining regulatory approval is complex, time-consuming and costly, and the outcome is not certain.

We currently have three agents in development, two of which (flurpiridaz F 18 and 18F LMI 1195) are currently in clinical development, while a third (LMI 1174) is in pre-clinical development. To obtain regulatory approval for these agents, we must conduct extensive human tests, which are referred to as clinical trials, as well as meet other rigorous regulatory requirements, as further described in Part I, Item 1. “Business—Regulatory Matters.” Satisfaction of all regulatory requirements typically takes many years and requires the expenditure of substantial resources. A number of other factors may cause significant delays in the completion of our clinical trials, including unexpected delays in the initiation of clinical sites, slower than projected enrollment, competition with ongoing clinical trials and scheduling conflicts with participating clinicians, regulatory requirements, limits on manufacturing capacity and failure of an agent to meet required standards for administration to humans. In addition, it may take longer than we project to achieve study endpoints and complete data analysis for a trial or we may decide to slow down the enrollment in a trial in order to conserve financial resources.

Our agents in development are also subject to the risks of failure inherent in drug development and testing. The results of preliminary studies do not necessarily predict clinical success, and larger and later stage clinical trials may not produce the same results as earlier stage trials. Sometimes, agents that have shown promising results in early clinical trials have subsequently suffered significant setbacks in later clinical trials. Agents in later stage clinical trials may fail to show desired safety and efficacy traits, despite having progressed through initial

 

41


Table of Contents

clinical testing. Further, the data collected from clinical trials of our agents in development may not be sufficient to support regulatory approval, or regulators could interpret the data differently and less favorably than we do. Further, the design of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support approval of a product, and flaws in the design of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well advanced. Clinical trials of potential products often reveal that it is not practical or feasible to continue development efforts. Regulatory authorities may require us or our partners to conduct additional clinical testing, in which case we would have to expend additional time and resources. The approval process may also be delayed by changes in government regulation, future legislation or administrative action or changes in regulatory policy that occur prior to or during regulatory review. The failure to provide clinical and preclinical data that are adequate to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the regulatory authorities that our agents in development are safe and effective for their proposed use will delay or preclude approval and will prevent us from marketing those products.

In our flurpiridaz F 18 Phase 3 program, in the fourth quarter of 2013, we announced preliminary results from the 301 trial, which is subject to an SPA with the FDA. Although flurpiridaz F 18 appeared to be well-tolerated from a safety perspective and outperformed SPECT in a highly statistically significant manner in the co-primary endpoint of sensitivity and in the secondary endpoints of image quality and diagnostic certainty, the agent did not meet its other co-primary endpoint of non-inferiority for identifying subjects without disease. SPA agreements are not binding on the FDA and we can give no assurances that the FDA will abide by the terms of our SPA agreement. We also cannot assure any particular outcome from regulatory review of the study or the agent, that any of the data generated in the 301 trial will be sufficient to support an NDA approval, that only one additional clinical trial will have to be conducted prior to filing an NDA, or that flurpiridaz F 18 will ever be approved as a PET MPI imaging agent by the FDA. See Part I, Item 1. “Business—Regulatory Matters—Food and Drug Laws.”

We are not permitted to market our agents in development in the U.S. or other countries until we have received requisite regulatory approvals. For example, securing FDA approval for a new drug requires the submission of an NDA to the FDA for our agents in development. The NDA must include extensive nonclinical and clinical data and supporting information to establish the agent’s safety and effectiveness for each indication. The NDA must also include significant information regarding the chemistry, manufacturing and controls for the product. The FDA review process can take many years to complete, and approval is never guaranteed. If a product is approved, the FDA may limit the indications for which the product may be marketed, require extensive warnings on the product labeling, impose restricted distribution programs, require expedited reporting of certain adverse events, or require costly ongoing requirements for post-marketing clinical studies and surveillance or other risk management measures to monitor the safety or efficacy of the agent. Markets outside of the U.S. also have requirements for approval of agents with which we must comply prior to marketing. Obtaining regulatory approval for marketing of an agent in one country does not ensure we will be able to obtain regulatory approval in other countries, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in other countries. Also, any regulatory approval of any of our products or agents in development, once obtained, may be withdrawn. Approvals might not be granted on a timely basis, if at all.

Any failure or significant delay in completing clinical trials for our product candidates or in receiving regulatory approval for the sale of our product candidates may severely harm our business and delay or prevent us from being able to generate revenue from product sales. Even if our agents in development proceed successfully through clinical trials and receive regulatory approval, there is no guarantee that an approved product can be manufactured in commercial quantities at a reasonable cost or that such a product will be successfully marketed or distributed. The burden associated with the marketing and distributing of products like ours is substantial. For example, rather than being manufactured at our own facilities, flurpiridaz F 18 would require the creation of a complex, field-based network involving PET cyclotrons located at radiopharmacies where the agent would need to be manufactured and distributed rapidly to end-users, given the agent’s 110-minute half-life. In addition, in the case of flurpiridaz F 18, obtaining adequate reimbursement is critical, including not only coverage from Medicare, Medicaid, other government payors as well as private payors but

 

42


Table of Contents

also appropriate payment levels which adequately cover the substantially higher manufacturing and distribution costs associated with a PET MPI agent in comparison to, for example, sestamibi.

We may not be able to further develop or commercialize our agents in development without successful strategic partners.

In March 2013, we began to implement a strategic shift in how we fund our important R&D programs, reducing our internal R&D resources. On February 21, 2017, we announced entering into a term sheet with GE Healthcare related to the continued development and commercialization of flurpiridaz F 18. Subject to satisfactory due diligence and necessary approvals, we anticipate entering into a definitive agreement for the proposed transaction in the second quarter of 2017. However, there is no assurance that we will enter into a definitive agreement with GE Healthcare on the proposed terms or at all. See Part I, Item 1. “Business—Research and Development—Proposed GE Healthcare Transaction”.

In the future, we may also seek to engage strategic partners for our 18F LMI 1195 and LMI 1174 programs. However, different strategic partners may have different time horizons, risk profiles, return expectations and amounts of capital to deploy, and we may not be able to negotiate relationships with potential strategic partners on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to establish or maintain these strategic partnerships, we may have to limit the size or scope of, or delay, our development programs.

In addition, our dependence on strategic partnerships is subject to a number of risks, including:

 

    The inability to control the amount or timing of resources that our partners may devote to developing the agents;

 

    The possibility that we may be required to relinquish important rights, including economic, intellectual property, marketing and distribution rights;

 

    The receipt of lower revenues than if we were to commercialize those agents ourselves;

 

    Our failure to receive future milestone payments or royalties if a partner fails to commercialize one of our agents successfully;

 

    The possibility that a partner could separately move forward with competing agents developed either independently or in collaboration with others, including our competitors;

 

    The possibility that our strategic partners may experience financial or operational difficulties;

 

    Business combinations or significant changes in a partner’s business strategy that may adversely affect that partner’s willingness or ability to complete its obligations under any arrangement with us; and

 

    The possibility that our partners may operate in countries where their operations could be negatively impacted by changes in the local regulatory environment or by political unrest.

Any of these factors either alone or taken together could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our future growth may depend on our ability to identify and in-license or acquire additional products, and if we do not successfully do so, or otherwise fail to integrate any new products into our operations, we may have limited growth opportunities and it could materially adversely affect our relationships with customers and/or result in significant impairment charges.

We are continuing to seek to acquire or in-license products, businesses or technologies that we believe are a strategic fit with our business strategy. Future in-licenses or acquisitions, however, may entail numerous operational and financial risks, including:

 

    Exposure to unknown liabilities;

 

43


Table of Contents
    Disruption of our business, customer base and diversion of our management’s time and attention to develop acquired products or technologies;

 

    A reduction of our current financial resources;

 

    Difficulty or inability to secure financing to fund development activities for those acquired or in-licensed technologies;

 

    Incurrence of substantial debt or dilutive issuances of securities to pay for acquisitions; and

 

    Higher than expected acquisition and integration costs.

We may not have sufficient resources to identify and execute the acquisition or in-licensing of third party products, businesses and technologies and integrate them into our current infrastructure. In particular, we may compete with larger pharmaceutical companies and other competitors in our efforts to establish new collaborations and in-licensing opportunities. These competitors likely will have access to greater financial resources than we do and may have greater expertise in identifying and evaluating new opportunities. Furthermore, there may be overlap between our products or customers and the companies which we acquire that may create conflicts in relationships or other commitments detrimental to the integrated businesses. Additionally, the time between our expenditures to in-license or acquire new products, technologies or businesses and the subsequent generation of revenues from those acquired products, technologies or businesses (or the timing of revenue recognition related to licensing agreements and/or strategic collaborations) could cause fluctuations in our financial performance from period to period. Finally, if we devote resources to potential acquisitions or in-licensing opportunities that are never completed, or if we fail to realize the anticipated benefits of those efforts, we could incur significant impairment charges or other adverse financial consequences.

A heightened public or regulatory focus on the radiation risks of diagnostic imaging could have an adverse effect on our business.

We believe that there has been heightened public and regulatory focus on radiation exposure, including the concern that repeated doses of radiation used in diagnostic imaging procedures pose the potential risk of long-term cell damage, cancer and other diseases. For example, starting in January 2012, CMS required the accreditation of facilities providing the technical component of advanced imaging services, including CT, MRI, PET and nuclear medicine, in non-hospital freestanding settings. In August 2011, The Joint Commission (an independent, not-for-profit organization that accredits and certifies more than 20,500 healthcare organizations and programs in the U.S.) issued an alert on the radiation risks of diagnostic imaging and recommended specific actions for providing “the right test and the right dose through effective processes, safe technology and a culture of safety.” Revised accreditation standards issued by The Joint Commission for diagnostic imaging took effect in July 2015.

Heightened regulatory focus on risks caused by the radiation exposure received by diagnostic imaging patients could lead to increased regulation of radiopharmaceutical manufacturers or healthcare providers who perform procedures that use our imaging agents, which could make the procedures more costly, reduce the number of providers who perform procedures and/or decrease the demand for our products. In addition, heightened public focus on or fear of radiation exposure could lead to decreased demand for our products by patients or by healthcare providers who order the procedures in which our agents are used. Although we believe that our diagnostic imaging agents when properly used do not expose patients and healthcare providers to unsafe levels of radiation, any of the foregoing risks could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In the ordinary course of business, we may be subject to product liability claims and lawsuits, including potential class actions, alleging that our products have resulted or could result in an unsafe condition or injury.

Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could be time consuming and costly to defend and could result in an increase of our insurance premiums. Although we have not had any such claims to

 

44


Table of Contents

date, claims that could be brought against us might not be covered by our insurance policies. Furthermore, although we currently have product liability insurance coverage with policy limits that we believe are customary for pharmaceutical companies in the diagnostic medical imaging industry and adequate to provide us with insurance coverage for foreseeable risks, even where the claim is covered by our insurance, our insurance coverage might be inadequate and we would have to pay the amount of any settlement or judgment that is in excess of our policy limits. We may not be able to obtain insurance on terms acceptable to us or at all, since insurance varies in cost and can be difficult to obtain. Our failure to maintain adequate insurance coverage or successfully defend against product liability claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We use hazardous materials in our business and must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive.

Our operations use hazardous materials and produce hazardous wastes, including radioactive, chemical and, in certain circumstances, biological materials and wastes. We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations as well as non-U.S. laws and regulations relating to the transport, use, handling, storage, exposure to and disposal of these materials and wastes. Environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have become more stringent over time. We are required to obtain, maintain and renew various environmental permits and nuclear licenses. Although we believe that our safety procedures for transporting, using, handling, storing and disposing of, and limiting exposure to, these materials and wastes comply in all material respects with the standards prescribed by applicable laws and regulations, the risk of accidental contamination or injury cannot be eliminated. We place a high priority on these safety procedures and seek to limit any inherent risks. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of wastes generated by our operations. Prior to disposal, we store any low level radioactive waste at our facilities to decay until the materials are no longer considered radioactive. Although we believe we have complied in all material respects with all applicable environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that we have been or will be in compliance with all such laws at all times. If we violate these laws, we could be fined, criminally charged or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. We may be required to incur further costs to comply with current or future environmental and safety laws and regulations. In addition, in the event of accidental contamination or injury from these materials, we could be held liable for any damages that result and any such liability could exceed our resources.

While we have budgeted for current and future capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance with these laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that our costs of complying with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Further, we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to additional environmental claims for personal injury, investigation or cleanup in the future based on our past, present or future business activities.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our competitors could develop and market products with features similar to our products, and demand for our products may decline.

Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining and maintaining patent protection and trade secret protection of our technologies and agents in development as well as successfully defending these patents and trade secrets against third party challenges, both in the U.S. and in foreign countries. We will only be able to protect our intellectual property from unauthorized use by third parties to the extent that we maintain the secrecy of our trade secrets and can enforce our valid patents and trademarks.

The patent positions of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. In addition, changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the U.S. or other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property and we may not receive the same degree of protection in every jurisdiction.

 

45


Table of Contents

Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third party patents.

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

 

    We might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications and issued patents, and we could lose our patent rights as a result;

 

    We might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions or our patent applications may not have been timely filed, and we could lose our patent rights as a result;

 

    Others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies;

 

    It is possible that none of our pending patent applications will result in any further issued patents;

 

    Our issued patents may not provide a basis for commercially viable drugs, may not provide us with any protection from unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties, and may not provide us with any competitive advantages;

 

    Our patent applications or patents may be subject to interferences, oppositions, post-grant review, reexaminations or similar administrative proceedings;

 

    While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use or sell patented products, we may not be able to accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable and may be precluded from doing so at a later date;

 

    We may choose not to seek patent protection in certain countries where the actual cost outweighs the perceived benefit at a certain time;

 

    Patents issued in foreign jurisdictions may have different scopes of coverage as our U.S. patents and so our products may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the U.S.;

 

    We may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; or

 

    The patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

Moreover, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its validity or enforceability. A third party may challenge the validity or enforceability of a patent even after its issuance by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the applicable foreign patent office. It is also uncertain how much protection, if any, will be afforded by our patents if we attempt to enforce them and they are challenged in court or in other proceedings, which may be brought in U.S. or non-U.S. jurisdictions to challenge the validity of a patent.

The defense and prosecution of intellectual property suits, interferences, oppositions and related legal and administrative proceedings are costly, time consuming to pursue and result in diversion of resources. The outcome of these proceedings is uncertain and could significantly harm our business. If we are not able to defend the patents of our technologies and products, then we will not be able to exclude competitors from marketing products that directly compete with our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We will also rely on trade secrets and other know-how and proprietary information to protect our technology, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, but our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific partners and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose

 

46


Table of Contents

our confidential information to competitors or other third parties. Enforcing a claim that a third party improperly obtained and is using our trade secrets is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the U.S. are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. We often rely on confidentiality agreements with our collaborators, employees, consultants and other third parties and invention assignment agreements with our employees to protect our trade secrets and other know-how and proprietary information concerning our business. These confidentiality agreements may not prevent unauthorized disclosure of trade secrets and other know-how and proprietary information, and there can be no guarantee that an employee or an outside party will not make an unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets, other technical know-how or proprietary information, or that we can detect such an unauthorized disclosure. We may not have adequate remedies for any unauthorized disclosure. This might happen intentionally or inadvertently. It is possible that a competitor will make use of that information, and that our competitive position will be compromised, in spite of any legal action we might take against persons making those unauthorized disclosures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks, including DEFINITY, Cardiolite, TechneLite, Neurolite, Quadramet and Lantheus Medical Imaging. We cannot assure you that any pending trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. If our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

We may be subject to claims that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated the patent or other intellectual property rights of a third party. The outcome of any of these claims is uncertain and any unfavorable result could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to claims by third parties that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated their intellectual property rights. While we believe that the products that we currently manufacture using our proprietary technology do not infringe upon or otherwise violate proprietary rights of other parties or that meritorious defenses would exist with respect to any assertions to the contrary, we cannot assure you that we would not be found to infringe on or otherwise violate the proprietary rights of others.

We may be subject to litigation over infringement claims regarding the products we manufacture or distribute. This type of litigation can be costly and time consuming and could divert management’s attention and resources, generate significant expenses, damage payments (potentially including treble damages) or restrictions or prohibitions on our use of our technology, which could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, if we are found to be infringing on proprietary rights of others, we may be required to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license (which may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all), make substantial one-time or ongoing royalty payments, or cease making, using and/or selling the infringing products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be adversely affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors beyond our control.

Our ability to attract and retain customers, invest in and grow our business and meet our financial obligations depends on our operating and financial performance, which, in turn, is subject to numerous factors, including the prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors beyond our control, such as the rate of unemployment, the number of uninsured persons in the U.S. and inflationary pressures. We cannot anticipate all the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

 

47


Table of Contents

We are exposed to risks associated with reduced profitability and the potential financial instability of our customers, many of which may be adversely affected by volatile conditions in the financial markets. For example, unemployment and underemployment, and the resultant loss of insurance, may decrease the demand for healthcare services and pharmaceuticals. If fewer patients are seeking medical care because they do not have insurance coverage, our customers may experience reductions in revenues, profitability and/or cash flow that could lead them to modify, delay or cancel orders for our products. If customers are not successful in generating sufficient revenue or are precluded from securing financing, they may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, accounts receivable that are owed to us. This, in turn, could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. To the extent prevailing economic conditions result in fewer procedures being performed, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our business is subject to international economic, political and other risks that could negatively affect our results of operations or financial position.

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we derived approximately 15%, 20% and 22% of our revenues from outside the fifty United States, respectively. We anticipate that revenue from non-U.S. operations will grow in the future from 2016 levels. Accordingly, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally, including:

 

    Less stable political and economic environments and changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;

 

    Entering into or renewing commercial agreements with international governments or provincial authorities or entities directly or indirectly controlled by such governments or authorities, such as our Chinese partner Double-Crane;

 

    International customers which are agencies or institutions of foreign governments;

 

    Local business practices which may be in conflict with the FCPA and Bribery Act;

 

    Currency fluctuations;

 

    Potential negative consequences from changes in tax laws affecting our ability to repatriate profits;

 

    Unfavorable labor regulations;

 

    Greater difficulties in relying on non-U.S. courts to enforce either local or U.S. laws, particularly with respect to intellectual property;

 

    Greater potential for intellectual property piracy;

 

    Greater difficulties in managing and staffing non-U.S. operations;

 

    The need to ensure compliance with the numerous in-country and international regulatory and legal requirements applicable to our business in each of these jurisdictions and to maintain an effective compliance program to ensure compliance with these requirements;

 

    Changes in public attitudes about the perceived safety of nuclear facilities;

 

    Changes in trade policies, regulatory requirements and other barriers;

 

    Civil unrest or other catastrophic events; and

 

    Longer payment cycles of non-U.S. customers and difficulty collecting receivables in non-U.S. jurisdictions.

These factors are beyond our control. The realization of any of these or other risks associated with operating outside the fifty United States could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. As our international exposure increases and as we execute our strategy of international expansion, these risks may intensify.

 

48


Table of Contents

We face currency and other risks associated with international sales.

We generate significant revenue from export sales, as well as from operations conducted outside the fifty United States. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the net impact of foreign currency changes on transactions was a loss of $0.9 million, $1.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Operations outside the U.S. expose us to risks including fluctuations in currency values, trade restrictions, tariff and trade regulations, U.S. export controls, non- U.S. tax laws, shipping delays and economic and political instability. For example, violations of U.S. export controls, including those administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, could result in fines, other civil or criminal penalties and the suspension or loss of export privileges which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial conditions and cash flows.

With the exception of our United Kingdom subsidiary, the functional currencies of our International Segment subsidiaries are the respective local currencies of each entity. Exchange rates between some of these currencies and the U.S. Dollar have fluctuated significantly in recent years and may do so in the future. Historically, we have not used derivative financial instruments or other financial instruments to hedge against economic exposures related to foreign currencies. During the year ended December 31, 2016, fluctuations in exchange rates had a $0.9 million negative effect on our revenues.

U.S. credit markets may impact our ability to obtain financing or increase the cost of future financing, including, in the event we obtain financing with a variable interest rate, interest rate fluctuations based on macroeconomic conditions that are beyond our control.

During periods of volatility and disruption in the U.S., European, or global credit markets, obtaining additional or replacement financing may be more difficult and the cost of issuing new debt or replacing our Revolving Facility and/or term facility (collectively, our senior secured credit facilities) could be higher than under our current senior secured credit facilities. Higher cost of new debt may limit our ability to have cash on hand for working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions on terms that are acceptable to us. Additionally, our senior secured credit facilities have a variable interest rate. By its nature, a variable interest rate will move up or down based on changes in the economy and other factors, all of which are beyond our control. If interest rates increase, our interest expense could increase, affecting earnings and reducing cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions.

Many of our customer relationships outside of the U.S. are, either directly or indirectly, with governmental entities, and we could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws outside the U.S.

The FCPA, the Bribery Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business.

The FCPA prohibits us from providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of obtaining or retaining business or securing any improper business advantage. It also requires us to keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect our transactions. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, many of our customer relationships outside of the U.S. are, either directly or indirectly, with governmental entities and are therefore subject to the FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions. In addition, the Bribery Act has been enacted, and its provisions extend beyond bribery of foreign public officials and are more onerous than the FCPA in a number of other respects, including jurisdiction, non-exemption of facilitation payments and penalties.

Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances strict compliance with

 

49


Table of Contents

anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of those violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our business depends on the continued effectiveness and availability of our information technology infrastructure, and failures of this infrastructure could harm our operations.

To remain competitive in our industry, we must employ information technologies to support manufacturing processes, quality processes, distribution, R&D and regulatory applications and that capture, manage and analyze the large streams of data generated in our clinical trials in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. We rely extensively on technology, some of which is managed by third-party service providers, to allow the concurrent conduct of work sharing around the world. As with all information technology, our equipment and infrastructure age and become subject to increasing maintenance and repair and our systems generally are vulnerable to potential damage or interruptions from fires, natural disasters, power outages, blackouts, machinery breakdown, telecommunications failures and other unexpected events, as well as to break-ins, sabotage, increasingly sophisticated intentional acts of vandalism or cyber threats which, due to the nature of such attacks, may remain undetected for a period of time. As these threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to enhance our information security measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. Given the extensive reliance of our business on technology, any substantial disruption or resulting loss of data that is not avoided or corrected by our backup measures could harm our business, reputation, operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to hire or retain the number of qualified personnel, particularly scientific, medical and sales personnel, required for our business, which would harm the development and sales of our products and limit our ability to grow.

Competition in our industry for highly skilled scientific, healthcare and sales personnel is intense. Although we have not had any material difficulty in the past in hiring or retaining qualified personnel other than from this intense competition, if we are unable to retain our existing personnel, or attract and train additional qualified personnel, either because of competition in our industry for these personnel or because of insufficient financial resources, then our growth may be limited and it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we lose the services of our key personnel, our business could be adversely affected.

Our success is substantially dependent upon the performance, contributions and expertise of our chief executive officer, executive leadership and senior management team. Mary Anne Heino, our Chief Executive Officer and President, and other members of our executive leadership and senior management team play a significant role in generating new business and retaining existing customers. We have an employment agreement with Ms. Heino and a limited number of other individuals on our executive leadership team, although we cannot prevent them from terminating their employment with us. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our executive officers. While we have experienced both voluntary and involuntary turnover on our executive leadership team, to date we have been able to attract new, qualified individuals to lead our company and key functional areas. Our inability to retain our existing executive leadership and senior management team, maintain an appropriate internal succession program or attract and retain additional qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness which may limit our financial and operating activities and may adversely affect our ability to incur additional debt to fund future needs.

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately $284.5 million of total principal indebtedness remaining under our seven-year senior secured term loan facility, which matures on June 30, 2022 (the “Term Facility”).

 

50


Table of Contents

Our aggregate Borrowing Base was approximately $44.6 million, which was reduced by an $8.8 million unfunded Standby Letter of Credit and $0.1 million in accrued interest, resulting in remaining availability under our Revolving Facility of $35.7 million. Our substantial indebtedness and any future indebtedness we incur could:

 

    Require us to dedicate a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to the payment of interest on and principal of our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available for other purposes;

 

    Make it more difficult for us to satisfy and comply with our obligations with respect to our outstanding indebtedness, namely the payment of interest and principal;

 

    Make it more difficult to refinance the outstanding indebtedness;

 

    Subject us to increased sensitivity to interest rate increases;

 

    Make us more vulnerable to economic downturns, adverse industry or company conditions or catastrophic external events;

 

    Limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures;

 

    Reduce our flexibility in planning for or responding to changing business, industry and economic conditions; and

 

    Place us at a competitive disadvantage to competitors that have relatively less debt than we have.

In addition, our substantial level of indebtedness could limit our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all, for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. Our liquidity needs could vary significantly and may be affected by general economic conditions, industry trends, performance and many other factors not within our control.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations.

Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations will depend on our future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside of our control. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, including interest and principal payments, our credit ratings could be downgraded, and we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, entering into additional corporate collaborations or licensing arrangements for one or more of our products or agents in development, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, licensed or partnered, or, if sold, licensed or partnered, of the timing of the transactions and the amount of proceeds realized from those transactions, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Furthermore, our ability to refinance would depend upon the condition of the financial and credit markets. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or on a timely basis, would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may incur more debt, which could exacerbate the risks described above.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future subject to the limitations contained in the agreements governing our debt, including the senior secured credit facilities. Although these agreements restrict us and our restricted subsidiaries from incurring additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. For example, we are generally permitted to incur certain indebtedness, including indebtedness arising in the ordinary course of business, indebtedness

 

51


Table of Contents

among restricted subsidiaries and us and indebtedness relating to hedging obligations. See Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—External Sources of Liquidity.” If we or our subsidiaries incur additional debt, the risks that we and they now face as a result of our high leverage could intensify. In addition, the agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness under the agreements.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that will limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

    Maintain net leverage above certain specified levels;

 

    Incur additional debt;

 

    Pay dividends or make other distributions;

 

    Redeem stock;

 

    Issue stock of subsidiaries;

 

    Make certain investments;

 

    Create liens;

 

    Enter into transactions with affiliates; and

 

    Merge, consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of our assets.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities. We may also be unable to take advantage of business opportunities that arise because of the limitations imposed on us by the restrictive covenants under our indebtedness.

We may be limited in our ability to utilize, or may not be able to utilize, net operating loss carryforwards to reduce our future tax liability.

As of December 31, 2016, we had federal income tax loss carryforwards of $200.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2030 and will completely expire in 2036. We have had significant financial losses in previous years and as a result we currently maintain a full valuation allowance for our net deferred tax assets including our federal and state tax loss carryforwards. We may be limited in our ability to use these tax loss carryforwards to reduce our future U.S. federal income tax liabilities if we were to experience another “ownership change” as specified in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code including if we were to issue a certain amount of equity securities, certain of our stockholders were to sell shares of our common stock, or we were to enter into certain strategic transactions.

Our stock price could fluctuate significantly, which could cause the value of your investment to decline, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Securities markets worldwide have experienced, and may continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our common stock regardless of our operating performance. The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including:

 

    Market conditions in the broader stock market;

 

52


Table of Contents
    Actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

 

    Issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

    Investor perceptions of us and the specialty pharmaceutical industry;

 

    Sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;

 

    Acquisitions or introductions of new products or services by us or our competitors;

 

    Additions or departures of key personnel;

 

    Regulatory or political developments;

 

    Litigation and governmental investigations; and

 

    Changing economic conditions.

These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our stock or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, for the foreseeable future, to repay indebtedness and to fund the development and growth of our business. We do not intend to pay any dividends to holders of our common stock and the agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities limit our ability to pay dividends. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our common stock, if any, will be your only source of gain on an investment in our common stock. See Part II, Item 5. “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Dividend Policy”.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

53


Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties

The following table summarizes information regarding our significant leased and owned properties, as of December 31, 2016:

 

Location

   Purpose      Segment      Square
Footage
     Ownership      Lease Term
End
 

U.S.

              

North Billerica, Massachusetts

    

Corporate Headquarters,
Manufacturing, Laboratory, Mixed
Use and Other Office Space
 
 
 
     U.S. Segment        578,000        Owned        N/A  

Canada

              

Quebec

     Mixed Use and Office Space       
International
Segment
 
 
     1,107        Leased        April 2017  

Quebec

    
Distribution Center and Office
Space
 
 
    
International
Segment
 
 
     1,433        Leased        May 2019  

Puerto Rico

              

San Juan

    
Manufacturing, Laboratory, Mixed
Use and Office Space
 
 
    
International
Segment
 
 
     9,550        Leased        October 2024  

We believe all of these facilities are well-maintained and suitable for the office, radiopharmacy, manufacturing or warehouse operations conducted in them and provide adequate capacity for current and foreseeable future needs.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In addition, we have in the past been, and may in the future be, subject to investigations by governmental and regulatory authorities which expose us to greater risks associated with litigation, regulatory or other proceedings, as a result of which we could be required to pay significant fines or penalties. The outcome of litigation, regulatory or other proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, and some lawsuits, claims, actions or proceedings may be disposed of unfavorably to us. In addition, intellectual property disputes often have a risk of injunctive relief which, if imposed against us, could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

As of December 31, 2016, we had no material ongoing litigation in which we were a party or any material ongoing regulatory or other proceeding and had no knowledge of any investigations by governmental or regulatory authorities in which we are a target that could have a material adverse effect on our current business.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable

 

54


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

The Company’s common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “LNTH” on June 25, 2015. Prior to that time, there was no established public trading market for our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low intraday sale prices per share of our common stock, as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market, for the quarterly periods indicated:

 

     High      Low  

Year ended December 31, 2015

     

Second Quarter (from June 25, 2015)

   $ 7.19      $ 5.97  

Third Quarter

   $ 8.58      $ 3.82  

Fourth Quarter

   $ 4.79      $ 2.56  

Year ended December 31, 2016

     

First Quarter

   $ 3.38      $ 1.76  

Second Quarter

   $ 4.37      $ 1.82  

Third Quarter

   $ 10.10      $ 3.46  

Fourth Quarter

   $ 10.85      $ 7.61  

Holders of Record

On February 21, 2017, there were approximately 35 shareholders of record of our common stock. This number does not include shareholders for whom shares are held in “nominee” or “street” name.

 

55


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The performance graph set forth below shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC. This graph will not be deemed “incorporated by reference” into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether such filing occurs before or after the date hereof, except to the extent that the Company explicitly incorporates it by reference into in such filing.

The following graph provides a comparison of the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common shares with that of the cumulative total shareholder return on the (i) Russell 2000 Index and (ii) the NASDAQ US Small Cap Index, commencing on June 25, 2015 and ending December 31, 2016. The graph assumes a $100 investment on June 25, 2015 in the Company’s common stock and in each of the comparative indices. Our historic share price performance is not necessarily indicative of future share price performance.

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return*

Among Lantheus Holdings, Inc., the Russell 2000 Index, and the NASDAQ US Small Cap Index

 

 

LOGO

 

* $100 invested on June 25, 2015 in stock or index, the date of our IPO.

Performance Graph Data

 

    June 25,
2015
    September 30,
2015
    December 31,
2015
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
 

Lantheus Holdings, Inc. (“LNTH”)

  $ 100.00      $ 63.52      $ 49.93      $ 27.92      $ 54.21      $ 122.30      $ 127.03   

Russell 2000 Index (“RUT”)

  $ 100.00      $ 85.53      $ 88.26      $ 86.56      $ 89.51      $ 97.26      $ 105.45   

NASDAQ US Small Cap Index (“NQUSS”)

  $ 100.00      $ 85.31      $ 88.24      $ 87.69      $ 90.60      $ 99.20      $ 107.67   

Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities

None.

Dividend Policy

We did not declare or pay any dividends and we do not currently intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently expect to retain future earnings, if any, for the foreseeable future, to repay indebtedness and

 

56


Table of Contents

to finance the growth and development of our business. Our ability to pay dividends are restricted by our financing arrangements. See Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources-External Sources of Liquidity” for further information.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Repurchases

The following table presents information with respect to purchases of common stock we made during the quarter ended December 31, 2016. The Company does not currently have a share repurchase program in effect. The 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, adopted by the Company on June 24, 2015, and further amended April 26, 2016 (the “2015 Plan”), provides for the withholding of shares to satisfy minimum statutory tax withholding obligations. It does not specify a maximum number of shares that can be withheld for this purpose. The shares of common stock withheld to satisfy minimum tax withholding obligations may be deemed to be “issuer purchases” of shares that are required to be disclosed pursuant to this Item.

 

Period

  Total Number of Shares
Purchased
     Average Price Paid Per
Share
    Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Programs
     Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Program
 

October 2016

    —         $ —              *         *   

November 2016**

    5,436       $ 9.05            *         *   

December 2016

    —         $ —              *         *   
 

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

    5,436               *      
 

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

* These amounts are not applicable as the Company does not have a share repurchase program in effect.
** Reflects shares withheld to satisfy minimum statutory tax withholding amounts due from employees related to the receipt of stock which resulted from the exercise of vesting of equity awards.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensations Plans

The information required with respect to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our year ended December  31, 2016.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Basis of Financial Information

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in U.S. Dollars, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Holdings and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA as used in our equity incentive plans, collectively, our Non-GAAP Measures, as presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. They are not measurements of our financial performance under U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as measures of our liquidity.

 

57


Table of Contents

Our presentation of our Non-GAAP Measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. We have included information concerning our Non-GAAP Measures in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because we believe that this information is used by certain investors as measures of a company’s historical performance.

Our Non-GAAP Measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as substitutes for analysis of our operating results or cash flows as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations include:

 

    They do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

    They do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    They do not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

 

    Although depreciation is a non-cash charge, the assets being depreciated will often have to be replaced in the future, and our Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect any cash requirements for those replacements;

 

    They are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows; and

 

    Other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, our Non-GAAP Measures should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our U.S. GAAP results and using our Non-GAAP Measures only for supplemental purposes.

 

58


Table of Contents

Selected Financial Data

In the table below, we provide you with our selected consolidated financial data for the periods presented. We have prepared this information using our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

The following selected consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the related notes and Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The results indicated below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Statements of Operations

          

Revenues

   $ 301,853      $ 293,461      $ 301,600      $ 283,672      $ 288,105   

Cost of goods sold

     164,073        157,939        176,081        206,311        211,049   

Loss on firm purchase commitment

     —          —          —          —          1,859   

Sales and marketing

     36,542        34,740        35,116        35,227        37,437   

General and administrative

     38,832        43,894        37,313        33,036        32,520   

Research and development

     12,203        14,358        13,673        30,459        40,604   

Proceeds from manufacturer

     —          —          —          (8,876     (34,614

Impairment on land

     —          —          —          6,406        —     

Gain on sales of assets

     6,385        —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     56,588        42,530        39,417        (18,891     (750

Interest expense

     (26,618     (38,715     (42,288     (42,915     (42,014

Debt retirement costs

     (1,896     —          —          —          —     

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     —          (15,528     —          —          —     

Other income (expense), net

     220        (65     505        1,265        208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     28,294        (11,778     (2,366     (60,541     (42,556

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1,532        2,968        1,195        1,014        (555
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 26,762      $ (14,746   $ (3,561   $ (61,555   $ (42,001
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share:

          

Basic

   $ 0.84      $ (0.60   $ (0.20   $ (3.42   $ (2.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.82      $ (0.60   $ (0.20   $ (3.42   $ (2.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares:

          

Basic

     32,043,904        24,439,845        18,080,615        18,032,131        17,882,909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     32,655,958        24,439,845        18,080,615        18,032,131        17,882,909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
Statements of Cash Flows Data    (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in):

          

Operating activities

   $ 49,642     $ 21,762     $ 11,590     $ (15,572   $ (372

Investing activities

   $ 3,281     $ (13,151   $ (7,682   $ (3,483   $ (8,145

Financing activities

   $ (30,217   $ 999     $ (2,297   $ 5,612     $ (5,114
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
Other Financial Data    (in thousands)  

EBITDA(1)

   $ 72,100     $ 44,910     $ 58,165     $ 6,912     $ 26,815  

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ 78,289     $ 76,329     $ 70,755     $ 38,483     $ 21,598  

Capital expenditures

   $ 7,398     $ 13,151     $ 8,137     $ 5,010     $ 7,920  
     December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
Balance Sheet Data    (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 51,178     $ 28,596     $ 19,739     $ 18,578     $ 33,321  

Total assets

   $ 255,898     $ 242,379     $ 243,153     $ 252,682     $ 314,031  

Total long-term debt, net

   $ 274,460     $ 349,858     $ 392,863     $ 390,408     $ 388,201  

Total liabilities

   $ 362,414     $ 427,668     $ 482,423     $ 488,199     $ 487,136  

Total stockholders’ deficit

   $ (106,516   $ (185,289   $ (239,270   $ (235,517   $ (173,105

 

(1) EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest expense (net), income taxes, depreciation, amortization and accretion. EBITDA is a measure used by management to measure operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA, further adjusted to exclude certain items and other adjustments required or permitted in calculating Adjusted EBITDA under the agreements governing the senior secured credit facilities. Adjusted EBITDA is also used by management to measure operating performance and by investors to measure a company’s ability to service its debt. Management believes that the inclusion of the adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about the Company’s performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that it does not believe are indicative of its core operating performance. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

60


Table of Contents
     The following table provides a reconciliation of our net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 26,762       $ (14,746    $ (3,561    $ (61,555    $ (42,001

Interest expense, net

     26,598         38,691         42,261         42,811         41,762   

Provision for income taxes(a)

     477         1,314         441         (127      (901

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     18,263         19,651         19,024         25,783         27,955   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

     72,100         44,910         58,165         6,912         26,815   

Stock and incentive plan compensation

     3,527         2,002         1,031         578         1,240   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     —           15,528         —           —           —     

Legal fees(b)

     9         72         1,113         660         1,455   

Loss on firm purchase commitment(c)

     —           —           —           —           1,859   

Asset write-off(d)

     1,906         1,468         1,257         28,349         13,095   

Severance and recruiting costs(e)

     2,090         1,360         818         5,239         1,761   

Sponsor fee and other(f)

     117         7,104         1,020         1,457         1,042   

New manufacturer costs(g)

     3,029         3,649         4,959         4,164         8,945   

Write-off of IPO costs

     —           236         2,392         —           —     

Gain on sales of assets

     (6,385      —           —           —           —     

Debt retirement costs

     1,896         —           —           —           —     

Proceeds from manufacturer

     —           —           —           (8,876      (34,614
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 78,289       $ 76,329       $ 70,755       $ 38,483       $ 21,598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a) Represents provision for income taxes, less tax indemnification associated with an agreement with BMS.
  (b) Represents legal fees and disbursements incurred in connection with our business interruption claim associated with the NRU reactor shutdown in 2009 to 2010.
  (c) Represents a loss associated with a portion of the committed purchases of Ablavar that we did not believe we would be able to sell prior to expiration.
  (d) Represents non-cash losses incurred associated with the write-down of land, intangible assets, inventory and write-off of long-lived assets. The 2013 amount consists primarily of a $6.4 million write-down of land, a $15.4 million impairment charge on the Cardiolite trademark intangible asset, a $1.7 million impairment charge on a customer relationship intangible asset and a $1.6 million inventory write-down related to Ablavar. The 2012 amount consists primarily of a $10.6 million inventory write-down related to Ablavar.
  (e) The amounts consist of severance and recruitment costs related to employees, executives and directors.
  (f) Represents expenses paid on behalf of our former sponsor’s secondary offering in 2016 , annual sponsor monitoring fee and related expenses, a $6.5 million payment for the termination of our advisory services and monitoring agreement with our sponsor in 2015, and certain non-recurring charges related to a customer relationship in 2013.
  (g) Represents internal and external costs associated with establishing new manufacturing sources for our commercial and clinical candidate products.

 

61


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with Part II, Item 6. “Selected Financial Data” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements related to future events and our future financial performance that are based on current expectations and subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

Our Business

We are a global leader in the development, manufacture and commercialization of innovative diagnostic medical imaging agents and products that assist clinicians in the diagnosis and treatment of cardiovascular and other diseases. Clinicians use our imaging agents and products across a range of imaging modalities, including echocardiography and nuclear imaging. We believe that the resulting improved diagnostic information enables healthcare providers to better detect and characterize, or rule out, disease, potentially achieving improved patient outcomes, reducing patient risk and limiting overall costs for payers and the entire healthcare system.

Our commercial products are used by cardiologists, nuclear physicians, radiologists, internal medicine physicians, technologists and sonographers working in a variety of clinical settings. We sell our products to radiopharmacies, integrated delivery networks, hospitals, clinics and group practices.

We sell our products globally and have operations in the U.S., Puerto Rico and Canada and third-party distribution relationships in Europe, Canada, Australia, Asia Pacific and Latin America.

Our Product Portfolio

Our principal products include the following:

 

    DEFINITY is an ultrasound contrast agent used in ultrasound exams of the heart, also known as echocardiography exams. DEFINITY contains perflutren-containing lipid microspheres and is indicated in the U.S. for use in patients with suboptimal echocardiograms to assist in imaging the left ventricular chamber and left endocardial border of the heart in ultrasound procedures. We launched DEFINITY in 2001, and in the U.S., its composition of matter patent will expire in 2019 and its manufacturing patent in 2021. In numerous foreign jurisdictions, patent protection or regulatory exclusivity will expire in 2019. We also have an active next generation development program for this agent.

 

    TechneLite is a technetium generator which provides the essential nuclear material used by radiopharmacies to radiolabel Cardiolite, Neurolite and other technetium-based radiopharmaceuticals used in nuclear medicine procedures. TechneLite uses Moly as its main active ingredient.

 

    Xenon is a radiopharmaceutical gas that is inhaled and used to assess pulmonary function and also for imaging cerebral blood flow. Xenon is manufactured by a third party and is processed and finished by us.

Sales of our contrast agent, DEFINITY, are made in the U.S. and Canada through our direct sales team of 78 employees. In the U.S., our nuclear imaging products, including TechneLite, Xenon, Cardiolite and Neurolite, are primarily distributed through commercial radiopharmacies, the majority of which are controlled by or associated with Cardinal, UPPI, GE Healthcare and Triad. A small portion of our nuclear imaging product sales in the U.S. are made through our direct sales force to hospitals and clinics that maintain their own in-house

 

62


Table of Contents

radiopharmaceutical capabilities. Outside the United States, we own one radiopharmacy in Puerto Rico and sell our own products as well as products of third parties to end-users. In January 2016, we sold our Canadian radiopharmacies to Isologic and entered into the Isologic Supply Agreement, under which we supply Isologic with certain of our products on commercial terms, including certain product purchase commitments by Isologic. The Isologic Supply Agreement expires in January 2021 and may be terminated upon the occurrence of specified events, including a material breach by the other party, bankruptcy by either party or certain force majeure events. In August 2016, we sold our Australian radiopharmacy servicing business to GMS, and entered into the GMS Supply Agreement under which we supply GMS with certain of our products on commercial terms, including certain minimum product purchase commitments by GMS. The GMS Supply Agreement expires in August 2020 and may be terminated in whole or in part on a product-by-product basis upon the occurrence of specified events, including a material breach by the other party, bankruptcy by either party or certain force majeure events. We also maintain our own direct sales force in Canada so we can control the importation, marketing, distribution and sale of our imaging agents in Canada. In Europe, Australia, Asia Pacific and Latin America, we rely on third party distributors to market, sell and distribute our nuclear imaging and contrast agent products, either on a country-by-country basis or on a multi-country regional basis.

The following table sets forth our revenues derived from our principal products:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2016      % of
Revenues
    2015      % of
Revenues
    2014      % of
Revenues
 

DEFINITY

   $ 131,612        43.6   $ 111,859        38.1   $ 95,760        31.8

TechneLite

     99,217        32.9     72,562        24.7     93,588        31.0

Xenon

     29,086        9.6     48,898        16.7     36,549        12.1

Other

     41,938        13.9     60,142        20.5     75,703        25.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 301,853        100.0   $ 293,461        100.0   $ 301,600        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Key Factors Affecting Our Results

Our business and financial performance have been, and continue to be, affected by the following:

Growth of DEFINITY

We believe the market opportunity for our contrast agent, DEFINITY, remains significant. DEFINITY is currently our fastest growing and highest margin commercial product. We believe that DEFINITY sales will continue to grow and that DEFINITY will constitute a greater share of our overall product mix. As we better educate the physician and healthcare provider community about the benefits and risks of this product, we believe we will experience further penetration of suboptimal echocardiograms.

The future growth of our DEFINITY sales will be dependent on our ability to continue to increase segment penetration for DEFINITY in suboptimal echocardiograms and, as discussed below in “—Inventory Supply,” on the ability of JHS to continue to manufacture and release DEFINITY on a timely and consistent basis. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—The growth of our business is substantially dependent on increased market penetration for the appropriate use of DEFINITY in suboptimal echocardiograms.”

There are three echocardiography contrast agents approved by the FDA for sale in the U.S.—DEFINITY which we estimated to have, as of December 31, 2016, an approximately 80% share of the U.S. market for contrast agents in echocardiography procedures, Optison from GE Healthcare, and Lumason from Bracco.

Competition for Xenon

Xenon gas for lung ventilation diagnosis is our third largest product by revenues. Historically, several companies, including IBAM, sold packaged Xenon as a pulmonary imaging agent in the U.S., but from 2010

 

63


Table of Contents

through the first quarter of 2016, we were the only supplier of this imaging agent in the U.S. In March 2016, IBAM received regulatory approval from the FDA to again sell packaged Xenon in the U.S. and has begun to do so. Depending upon the pricing, extent of availability and market penetration of IBAM’s offering, we believe we are at risk for volume loss and price erosion for those customers which are not subject to price or volume commitments with us. In order to increase the predictability of our Xenon business, we have entered into Xenon supply agreements at committed volumes and reduced prices with contracted customers. These steps have resulted in predictable Xenon unit volumes in 2016, but with sales at substantially lower revenue and gross margin contributions as compared to 2015. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—We face potential supply and demand challenges for Xenon.”

Global Isotope Supply

Historically, an important supplier of Moly and Xenon was Nordion, which relied on the NRU reactor in Chalk River, Ontario. For Moly and Xenon, we had supply agreements with Nordion that expired on October 31, 2016. We currently have Moly supply agreements with NTP of South Africa, ANSTO of Australia, and IRE of Belgium, each running through December 31, 2017 and a Xenon supply agreement with IRE which runs through June 30, 2019, subject to extensions.

We believe we are well-positioned with ANSTO, IRE and NTP to have a secure supply of Moly, including LEU Moly. From November 2016, the NRU reactor transitioned from providing regular supply of medical isotopes to providing only emergency back-up supply of HEU based Moly through March 2018. ANSTO has already significantly increased its Moly production capacity from its existing facility in August 2016 and has under construction, in cooperation with NTP, a new Moly processing facility that ANSTO believes will expand its production capacity up to approximately 3,500 six-day curies/week, which is expected to be in commercial operation in the first half of 2018. In addition, IRE received approval from its regulator to expand its production capability by up to 50% of its former capacity. The new ANSTO and IRE production capacity is expected to replace and exceed what was the NRU’s most recent routine production.

We are also now receiving bulk unprocessed Xenon from IRE, which we are processing and finishing for our customers. We believe we are well-positioned to supply Xenon to our customers. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—We face potential supply and demand challenges for Xenon.”

Inventory Supply

Our products consist of contrast imaging agents and radiopharmaceuticals (including technetium generators). We obtain a substantial portion of our imaging agents from third party suppliers. JHS is currently our sole source manufacturer of DEFINITY, Neurolite, Cardiolite and evacuation vials, the latter being an ancillary component for our TechneLite generators. We are currently seeking approval for JHS manufacturing certain of our products from certain foreign regulatory authorities. Until we receive these approvals, we will face continued limitations on where we can sell those products outside of the U.S.

In addition to JHS, we are also currently working to secure additional alternative suppliers for our key products as part of our ongoing supply chain diversification strategy. Our technology transfer activities with Pharmalucence for the manufacture and supply of DEFINITY have been repeatedly delayed, and we are now in the process of negotiating an exit to that arrangement. We currently have additional on-going technology transfer activities for our next generation DEFINITY product with SBL, but we cannot give any assurances as to when that technology transfer will be completed and when we will actually receive supply of next generation DEFINITY product from SBL. See Part I, Item IA. “Risk Factors—Our dependence upon third parties for the manufacture and supply of a substantial portion of our products could prevent us from delivering our products to our customers in the required quantities, within the required timeframes, or at all, which could result in order cancellations and decreased revenues.”

 

64


Table of Contents

Radiopharmaceuticals are decaying radioisotopes with half-lives ranging from a few hours to several days. These products cannot be kept in inventory because of their limited useful lives and are subject to just-in-time manufacturing, processing and distribution, which takes place at our North Billerica, Massachusetts facility.

Demand for TechneLite

We believe there was a decline in the MPI study market due to industry-wide cost containment initiatives that have resulted in a transition of where imaging procedures are performed, from free-standing imaging centers to the hospital setting. The total MPI market has been essentially flat for the period 2011 through 2015. Our 2016 sales of TechneLite generators exceeded our expectations because of opportunistic sales when customers could not obtain sufficient generators from other suppliers. We can give no assurances that such opportunistic sales will be replicated in 2017.

In November 2016, CMS announced the 2017 final Medicare payment rules for hospital outpatient settings. Under the final rules, each technetium dose produced from a generator for a diagnostic procedure in a hospital outpatient setting is reimbursed by Medicare at a higher rate if that technetium dose is produced from a generator containing Moly sourced from at least 95% LEU. In January 2013, we began to offer a TechneLite generator which contains Moly sourced from at least 95% LEU and which satisfies the requirements for reimbursement under this incentive program. Although demand for LEU generators appears to be growing, we do not know when, or if, this incremental reimbursement for LEU Moly generators will result in a material increase in our generator sales.

Nuclear Contracting Strategy—Cardinal

Historically, Cardinal has been our largest customer for radiopharmaceutical agents and products. Our written supply agreements with Cardinal relating to TechneLite, Xenon, Neurolite, Cardiolite and certain other products expired in accordance with their terms on December 31, 2014. Following extended discussions with Cardinal, on November 19, 2015, we entered into a new contract for the distribution of TechneLite, Xenon, Neurolite and other products beginning in 2015 through December 2017. The agreement specifies pricing levels and requirements to purchase minimum shares of certain products during certain periods. From January 1, 2015 until the signing of the new agreement on November 19, 2015, we continued to accept and fulfill product orders from this major customer on a purchase order basis at supply prices.

In connection with increased sales volumes and a broader mix of products sold to Cardinal at lower contracted pricing than the pricing in effect for most of 2015, our 2016 results reflect higher revenues but lower gross margins than in most of 2015. We expect that our 2017 revenues from Cardinal will increase versus 2016 because of higher share commitments from Cardinal for certain products.

Research and Development Expenses

To remain a leader in the marketplace, we have historically made substantial investments in new product development. As a result, the positive contributions of those internally funded R&D programs have been a key factor in our historical results and success. In March 2013, we began to implement a strategic shift in how we fund our important R&D programs, reducing our internal R&D resources. On February 21, 2017 we announced entering into a term sheet with GE Healthcare relating to the continued development and worldwide commercialization of flurpiridaz F 18. In the future, we may also seek to engage strategic partners for our 18F LMI 1195 and LMI 1174 programs. See Part I, Item 1. “Business—Research and Development—Proposed GE Healthcare Transaction” Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—We may not be able to further develop or commercialize our agents in development without successful strategic partners.”

Segments

We report our results of operations in two operating segments: U.S. and International. We generate a greater proportion of our revenues and net income (loss) in the U.S. segment, which consists of all regions of the U.S. with the exception of Puerto Rico.

 

65


Table of Contents

Executive Overview

Our results for the year ended December 31, 2016 reflect the following:

 

    Increased revenues and segment penetration for DEFINITY in the suboptimal echocardiogram segment as a result of our sales efforts and sustained availability of product supply;

 

    Increased revenues for TechneLite, mainly the result of contracts with significant customers;

 

    Decreased revenues for Xenon, mainly the result of lower selling prices;

 

    $6.4 million gain on the sales of our Canadian radiopharmacies and our Australian radiopharmacy servicing business;

 

    $1.9 million debt retirement costs associated with the $75.0 million voluntary principal prepayments on our Term Facility;

 

    Lower international revenues as a result of the sale of our Canadian radiopharmacies and Australian radiopharmacy servicing business and unfavorable exchange rates;

 

    Decreased depreciation over the prior year period associated with the change in planned decommissioning of certain long-lived assets in the first quarter of 2015;

 

    Decreased interest expense due to the refinancing of long-term debt in connection with the IPO and voluntary principal prepayments made in the current year;

 

    Decreased general and administrative expenses due to a $6.5 million payment for the termination of our advisory services and monitoring agreement with Avista in the prior year; and

 

    Decrease of $15.5 million loss on extinguishment of debt costs related to the redemption of LMI’s outstanding Notes in the prior year.

Results of Operations

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    2016 Compared
to 2015
    2015 Compared
to 2014
 

(in thousands)

   2016     2015     2014     Change
$
    Change
%
    Change
$
    Change
%
 

Revenues

   $ 301,853      $ 293,461      $ 301,600      $ 8,392        2.9   $ (8,139     (2.7 )% 

Cost of goods sold

     164,073        157,939        176,081        6,134        3.9     (18,142     (10.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     137,780        135,522        125,519        2,258        1.7     10,003        8.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

              

Sales and marketing

     36,542        34,740        35,116        1,802        5.2     (376     (1.1 )% 

General and administrative

     38,832        43,894        37,313        (5,062     (11.5 )%      6,581        17.6

Research and development

     12,203        14,358        13,673        (2,155     (15.0 )%      685        5.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     87,577        92,992        86,102        (5,415     (5.8 )%      6,890        8.0

Gain on sales of assets

     6,385        —          —          6,385        100.0     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     56,588        42,530        39,417        14,058        33.1     3,113        7.9

Interest expense

     (26,618     (38,715     (42,288     12,097        (31.2 )%      3,573        (8.4 )% 

Debt retirement costs

     (1,896     —          —          (1,896     100.0     —          —     

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          (15,528     —          15,528        (100.0 )%      (15,528     100.0

Other (expense) income, net

     220        (65     505        285        (438.5 )%      (570     112.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     28,294        (11,778     (2,366     40,072        (340.2 )%      (9,412     397.8

Provision for income taxes

     1,532        2,968        1,195        (1,436     (48.4 )%      1,773        148.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 26,762      $ (14,746   $ (3,561   $ 41,508        (281.5 )%    $ (11,185     314.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014

Revenues

Segment revenues are summarized by product as follows:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    2016 Compared
to 2015
    2015 Compared
to 2014
 

(in thousands)

  2016     2015     2014     Change
$
    Change
%
    Change
$
    Change
%
 

U.S.

             

DEFINITY

  $ 128,677      $ 109,656      $ 93,848      $ 19,021        17.3   $ 15,808        16.8

TechneLite

    85,412        62,034        82,321        23,378        37.7     (20,287     (24.6 )% 

Xenon

    29,078        48,868        36,542        (19,790     (40.5 )%      12,326        33.7

Other

    14,253        15,266        23,809        (1,013     (6.6 )%      (8,543     (35.9 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. Revenues

    257,420        235,824        236,520        21,596        9.2     (696     (0.3 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

International

             

DEFINITY

    2,935        2,203        1,912        732        33.2     291        15.2

TechneLite

    13,805        10,528        11,267        3,277        31.1     (739     (6.6 )% 

Xenon

    8        30        7        (22     (73.3 )%      23        328.6

Other

    27,685        44,876        51,894        (17,191     (38.3 )%      (7,018     (13.5 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total International Revenues

    44,433        57,637        65,080        (13,204     (22.9 )%      (7,443     (11.4 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenues

  $ 301,853      $ 293,461      $ 301,600      $ 8,392        2.9   $ (8,139     (2.7 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 v. 2015

The increase in U.S. segment revenues during the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period is primarily due to a $23.4 million increase in TechneLite revenues as a result of contracts with customers that increased unit volumes and a $19.0 million increase in DEFINITY revenues as a result of higher unit volumes. Offsetting these increases was a $19.8 million decrease in Xenon revenues primarily as a result of contracts with significant customers that reduced unit pricing in exchange for committed volume purchases and a $1.7 million decrease in Ablavar as the product is no longer sold.

The decrease in the International segment revenues during the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period, is primarily the result of the decreases in revenues in Canada and Australia attributable to the sale of our radiopharmacy businesses. In addition, foreign currency provided unfavorability of approximately $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the prior year period.

2015 v. 2014

The decrease in U.S. segment revenues during the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the prior year period is primarily due to a decrease of $20.3 million in TechneLite revenues driven by lower volumes, a decrease in license revenue of approximately of $3.9 million as a result of a contract ending in December 2014 that had contained a license fee that was recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement, $1.5 million in Neurolite revenues driven by lower volumes and $1.8 million in Thallium revenues driven by lower volumes. Offsetting these decreases was an increase of $15.8 million in DEFINITY revenues driven primarily by higher unit volumes and an increase of $12.3 million in Xenon revenues primarily as a result of higher selling prices.

The decrease in the International segment revenues during the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the prior year period, is primarily due to $6.8 million unfavorable foreign exchange and $2.2 million decrease in Cardiolite revenues as a result of competitive pressures. This was offset, in part, by $0.6 million in DEFINITY

 

67


Table of Contents

revenues driven by increased volume, $0.6 million increase in TechneLite revenues driven by volumes and $0.3 million in other marketed products.

Rebates and Allowances

Estimates for rebates and allowances represent our estimated obligations under contractual arrangements with third parties. Rebate accruals and allowances are recorded in the same period the related revenue is recognized, resulting in a reduction to revenue and the establishment of a liability which is included in accrued expenses. These rebates and allowances result from performance-based offers that are primarily based on attaining contractually specified sales volumes and growth, Medicaid rebate programs for our products, administrative fees of group purchasing organizations, royalties and certain distributor related commissions. The calculation of the accrual for these rebates and allowances is based on an estimate of the third party’s buying patterns and the resulting applicable contractual rebate or commission rate(s) to be earned over a contractual period.

An analysis of the amount of, and change in, reserves is summarized as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Rebates and
Allowances
 

Balance, as of January 1, 2014

   $ 1,739   

Current provisions relating to revenues in current year

     5,773   

Adjustments relating to prior years’ estimate

     (18

Payments/credits relating to revenues in current year

     (4,264

Payments/credits relating to revenues in prior years

     (1,066
  

 

 

 

Balance, as of December 31, 2014

     2,164   

Current provisions relating to revenues in current year

     6,413   

Adjustments relating to prior years’ estimate

     (84

Payments/credits relating to revenues in current year

     (4,784

Payments/credits relating to revenues in prior years

     (1,406
  

 

 

 

Balance, as of December 31, 2015

     2,303   

Current provisions relating to revenues in current year

     7,255   

Adjustments relating to prior years’ estimate

     (452

Payments/credits relating to revenues in current year

     (5,255

Payments/credits relating to revenues in prior years

     (1,554
  

 

 

 

Balance, as of December 31, 2016

   $         2,297   
  

 

 

 

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold consists of manufacturing, distribution, intangible asset amortization and other costs related to our commercial products. In addition, it includes the write-off of excess and obsolete inventory.

Cost of goods sold is summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     2016 Compared to
2015
    2015 Compared to
2014
 

(in thousands)

   2016      2015      2014      Change
$
    Change
%
    Change
$
    Change
%
 

U.S.

   $ 129,070       $ 106,982       $ 127,237       $ 22,088        20.6   $ (20,255     (15.9 )% 

International

     35,003         50,957         48,844         (15,954     (31.3 )%      2,113        4.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of goods sold

   $ 164,073       $ 157,939       $ 176,081       $ 6,134        3.9   $ (18,142     (10.3 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

2016 v. 2015

The increase in the U.S. segment cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2016 over the prior year period is primarily due to unit volumes noted in the revenue discussion above. Offsetting these increases was a $0.7 million decrease in technology transfer expenses.

The decrease in the International segment cost of goods sold during the year ended December 31, 2016 over the prior year period, is primarily due to lower manufacturing costs for certain products as a result of the sale of our Canadian and Australian radiopharmacy businesses.

2015 v. 2014

The decrease in the U.S. segment cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year period is primarily due to a decrease of $18.2 million in the cost of goods associated with TechneLite due to lower sales unit volumes. In addition, there was a $2.8 million decrease in Neurolite cost of goods due to lower unit volumes sold and lower technology transfer costs. We also incurred a decrease of $4.8 million in Thallium cost of goods due to lower unit volumes sold. Offsetting these decreases was a $4.5 million increase in DEFINITY cost of goods due to higher sales unit volumes and a $2.7 million increase in Xenon cost of goods due to an increase in material, labor and overhead costs.

The increase in the International segment cost of goods sold during the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year period is primarily due to approximately $5.8 million in product cost pricing increases. Partially offsetting these increases was a $3.5 million favorable foreign exchange impact.

Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     2016 Compared to
2015
    2015 Compared to
2014
 

(in thousands)

   2016      2015      2014      Change
$
    Change
%
    Change
$
    Change
%
 

U.S.

   $ 128,350       $ 128,842       $ 109,283       $ (492     (0.4 )%    $ 19,559        17.9

International

     9,430         6,680         16,236         2,750        41.2     (9,556     (58.9 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Gross profit

   $ 137,780       $ 135,522       $ 125,519       $ 2,258        1.7   $ 10,003        8.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 v. 2015

The decrease in the U.S. segment gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2016 over the prior year period is primarily due to lower Xenon unit volumes and lower selling price. Offsetting these decreases were increases in DEFINITY and TechneLite gross profit due to higher unit volumes.

The increase in the International segment gross profit during the year ended December 31, 2016 over the prior year period is primarily due to lower Thallium cost of goods per unit, lower manufacturing costs for certain products as a result of the sale of our Canadian radiopharmacies and increased operational efficiencies as a result of the shutdown of one of our Puerto Rican radiopharmacies in the third quarter of 2015. These increases were partially offset by a $0.4 million unfavorable foreign exchange.

2015 v. 2014

The increase in the U.S. segment gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year period is primarily due to an increased DEFINITY gross profit of $11.3 million due to higher unit volumes and Xenon gross profit increased $9.6 million due to higher selling price. In addition, Thallium gross profit increased by $3.0 million primarily due to a higher average selling price and Neurolite gross profit increased by

 

69


Table of Contents

$1.3 million due to lower technology transfer costs. Offsetting these increases was a decrease in license revenue of $3.7 million as a result of a contract ending in December 2014 that had contained a license fee that was recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement and a decrease of $2.0 million in TechneLite gross profit due to lower sales unit volumes.

The decrease in the International segment gross profit during the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year period is primarily due to $3.3 million unfavorable foreign exchange impact, combined with approximately $5.6 million product cost pricing increases, as well as $0.7 million driven by lower sales volume in certain international markets.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     2016 Compared to
2015
    2015 Compared to
2014
 

(in thousands)

   2016      2015      2014      Change
$
     Change
%
    Change
$
    Change
%
 

U.S.

   $ 32,919       $ 31,130       $ 30,815       $ 1,789         5.7   $ 315        1.0

International

     3,623         3,610         4,301         13         0.4   $ (691     (16.1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Sales and marketing

   $ 36,542       $ 34,740       $ 35,116       $ 1,802             5.2   $ (376     (1.1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs for personnel in field sales, marketing, business development and customer service functions. Other costs in sales and marketing expenses include the development and printing of advertising and promotional material, professional services, market research and sales meetings.

2016 v. 2015

The increase in the U.S. segment sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 over the prior year period is primarily due to employee related expenses, travel, promotional program expenses, as well as credit card fees, as a result of increased revenues.

The International segment sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 were in line with the prior year period.

2015 v. 2014

The increase in the U.S. segment sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year period is primarily due to increased headcount and related expenses offset, in part, by timing related to marketing research activities as well as lower FDA fees.

The decrease in the International segment sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year period is primarily due to lower headcount and foreign exchange impact.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     2016 Compared to
2015
    2015 Compared to
2014
 

(in thousands)

   2016      2015      2014      Change
$
    Change
%
    Change
$
    Change
%
 

U.S.

   $ 37,389       $ 42,091       $ 35,001       $ (4,702     (11.2 )%    $ 7,090        20.3

International

     1,443         1,803         2,312         (360     (20.0 )%      (509     (22.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total General and administrative

   $ 38,832       $ 43,894       $ 37,313       $ (5,062     (11.5 )%    $ 6,581        17.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and other related costs for personnel in executive, finance, legal, information technology and human resource functions. Other costs included in general and administrative expenses are professional fees for information technology services, external legal fees, consulting and accounting services as well as bad debt expense, certain facility and insurance costs, including director and officer liability insurance.

2016 v. 2015

The decrease in the U.S. segment general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 over the prior year period is primarily due to the $6.5 million termination fee paid to terminate the advisory services and monitoring agreement with Avista in the prior year and lower bad debt expense. This was partially offset by higher amortization of capitalized software, increased employee related incentive costs, increased insurance costs and higher legal fees.

The decrease in the International segment general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 over the prior year period is primarily due to lower employee headcount and related expenses.

2015 v. 2014

The increase in the U.S. segment general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year period is primarily due to the $6.5 million termination fee paid to terminate the advisory services and monitoring agreement with Avista, increased stock compensation costs, increases in insurance associated with the initial public offering in June 2015, higher software amortization expense and an increase in our provision for bad debt. This was offset by higher costs in the prior period due to a $2.4 million write-off of deferred initial public offering costs and $1.0 million higher legal fees related to business interruption claim.

The decrease in the International segment general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year period is primarily due to lower headcount, lower professional fees, lower bad debt expense and foreign exchange impact.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     2016 Compared to
2015
    2015 Compared to
2014
 

(in thousands)

   2016      2015      2014      Change
$
    Change
%
    Change
$
     Change
%
 

U.S.

   $ 11,574       $ 13,613       $ 13,252       $ (2,039     (15.0 )%    $ 361         2.7

International

     629         745         421         (116     (15.6 )%      324         77.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Research and development

   $ 12,203       $ 14,358       $ 13,673       $ (2,155     (15.0 )%    $ 685         5.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development expenses relate primarily to the development of new products to add to our portfolio and costs related to medical affairs, medical information and regulatory functions. We do not allocate research and development expenses incurred in the U.S. to our International segment.

2016 v. 2015

The decrease in the U.S. segment research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 over the prior year period is primarily due to a reduction in depreciation expense as a result of a change in planned decommissioning of certain long-lived assets in the first quarter of 2015 associated with research and development operations, partially offset by higher employee related expenses.

 

71


Table of Contents

The decrease in research and development expenses for the International segment for the year ended December 31, 2016 over the prior year period was primarily due to lower expenses in Canada, as a result of the sale of our Canadian radiopharmacies.

2015 v. 2014

The increase in the U.S. segment research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year period is primarily due to an increase of depreciation expense as a result of a change in planned decommissioning of certain long-lived assets associated with R&D operations, a gain in the prior year associated with the sale of certain long-lived assets and change in headcount, offset by a reduction in overhead costs associated with the decommissioning of certain long-lived assets.

The increase in research and development expenses for the International segment for the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year period was primarily due to increased regulatory costs.

Gain on Sales of Assets

Effective January 7, 2016, our Canadian subsidiary entered into an asset purchase agreement, pursuant to which it sold substantially all of the assets of our Canadian radiopharmacies and Gludef manufacturing and distribution business. The sale price was $9.0 million in cash and also included a working capital adjustment of $0.5 million, resulting in a pre-tax book gain of $5.9 million, which is recorded within operating income for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Effective August 11, 2016, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement (“Australian Share Purchase Agreement”) under which it sold all of the stock of its Australian radiopharmacy servicing subsidiary. The aggregate share sale price was AUD $2.0 million (approximately $1.5 million) in cash and also included a working capital adjustment of approximately AUD $2.0 million (approximately $1.5 million) for expected total proceeds of AUD $4.0 million (approximately $3.0 million) from the sale. As a result of this sale, the Company disposed of net assets of $2.2 million, primarily comprised of working capital accounts of $2.0 million. This share sale resulted in an adjusted pre-tax book gain of $0.5 million, which is recorded within operating income for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    2016 Compared to
2015
    2015 Compared to
2014
 

(in thousands)

   2016     2015     2014     Change
$
    Change
%
    Change
$
    Change
%
 

Interest expense

   $ (26,618   $ (38,715   $ (42,288   $ 12,097        (31.2 )%    $ 3,573        (8.4 )% 

Debt retirement costs

     (1,896     —          —          (1,896     100.0     —          —     

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          (15,528     —          15,528        (100.0 )%      (15,528     100.0

Other income (expense), net

     220        (65     505        285        (438.5 )%      (570     112.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other (expense) income, net

   $ (28,294   $ (54,308   $ (41,783   $ 26,014        (47.9 )%    $ (12,525     30.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense

For the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the same period in 2015, interest expense decreased as a result of the refinancing of long-term debt at the end of the second quarter of 2015. The year ended December 31, 2016 reflects a full year at the reduced interest rate as a result of the refinancing. Furthermore, our voluntary prepayments of $55.0 million and $20.0 million in the third and fourth quarters of 2016, respectively, also contributed to the reduction in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

72


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014, interest expense decreased as a result of the refinancing of long-term debt offset by a $3.3 million interest payment made for interest through the redemption date (July 30, 2015) on the Senior Notes.

Debt Retirement Costs

For the year ended December 31, 2016 we incurred $1.9 million in debt retirement costs related to the $75.0 million voluntary prepayments of principal on our Term Facility, see Footnote 11, “Financing Arrangements” to our consolidated financial statements.

Extinguishment of Debt

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we incurred a $15.5 million loss on extinguishment of debt related to the redemption of LMI’s Notes. For information regarding our loss on extinguishment of debt, see Footnote 11, “Financing Arrangements” to our consolidated financial statements.

Other Income (Expense), net

For the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015, other income (expense), net increased $0.3 million primarily due to a $0.9 million reduction in foreign currency losses, which was partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in tax indemnification income.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014, other (expense) income, net decreased primarily due to a $1.5 million increase in foreign currency losses offset by a $0.9 million increase in tax indemnification income as a result of settlement of state tax audits.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     2016 Compared to
2015
    2015 Compared to
2014
 

(in thousands)

   2016      2015      2014      Change
$
    Change
%
    Change
$
     Change
%
 

Provision for income taxes

   $     1,532      $     2,968      $     1,195        $    (1,436         (48.4 )%    $     1,773            148.4

Considering our history of losses, we continue to maintain a valuation allowance against substantially all of our net deferred tax assets. Our provision for income taxes results primarily from taxes due in certain foreign jurisdictions where we generate taxable income, as well as interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions, offset by reversals of those positions as statutes lapse or are settled during the year. Book income before taxes was relatively close to zero in 2014 and 2015, and increased significantly in 2016. Accordingly, fluctuations in our effective tax rates during these years may not be overly meaningful nor indicative of on-going trends.

Our effective tax rates for the periods presented are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015     2014  

Effective tax rate

             5.4             25.2             50.5

 

73


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows

The following table provides information regarding our cash flows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2016      2015      2014  

Cash provided by operating activities

   $ 49,642      $ 21,762      $ 11,590  

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   $ 3,281      $ (13,151    $ (7,682

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   $ (30,217    $ 999      $ (2,297

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

   $ (124    $ (753    $ (450

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities of $49.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 was driven primarily by net income of $26.8 million plus $19.9 million of depreciation, amortization and accretion expense and $1.9 million of debt retirement costs offset by the gain on sale of assets of $6.4 million. In addition, our increase in cash from working capital during the year ended December 31, 2016, was driven primarily by an increase of $5.7 million in accounts payable due to the timing of payment runs and a $1.3 million increase in accrued expenses primarily due to an increase in accrued bonus, offset by a $3.6 million increase in inventory due to the timing of receipt of lots and a $1.0 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales.

Cash provided by operating activities of $21.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 was driven primarily by a net loss of $14.7 million, which was offset by $22.1 million of depreciation, amortization, and accretion expense and $15.5 million loss on extinguishment of debt. These net sources of cash were offset by a decrease in cash from working capital. Our working capital decrease was driven primarily by a $4.0 million decrease in accrued expenses as a result of less interest following the debt refinancing in June 2015, a $1.7 million decrease in accounts payable due to the timing of payment runs and a $2.6 million increase in inventory due to timing of production and receipt of inventory.

Cash provided by operating activities of $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily driven by a net loss of $3.6 million, which was offset by $21.7 million of depreciation, amortization and accretion expense and a $2.4 million write-off of deferred offering and financing costs. These net sources of cash were offset by a decrease in cash from working capital. Our working capital decrease was driven primarily by a $4.9 million decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities as a result of amortization of deferred revenue, a $4.0 million decrease in accounts payable, and a $3.6 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased revenues. Partially offsetting these was a $1.5 million decrease in inventory as a result of timing of production and receipt.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities in 2016 was primarily due to cash proceeds of $10.6 million received for the sales of our Canadian and Australian radiopharmacy businesses, which was offset by $7.4 million in capital expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2015 and 2014 reflected the purchase of property and equipment for $13.1 million and $8.1 million, respectively.

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we completed two follow-on underwritten offerings, raising $39.9 million of net proceeds to us from the first and $8.9 million of net proceeds to us from the second. We used the net proceeds to us from the first follow-on underwritten offering and cash on hand of $15.1 million to prepay

 

74


Table of Contents

$55.0 million of the principal balance of our Term Facility. We used the net proceeds to us from the second follow-on underwritten offering and cash on hand of $11.1 million to prepay $20.0 million of the principal balance of our Term Facility. Additionally, we paid approximately $3.7 million for our quarterly Term Facility payments. As a result of these debt prepayments, we expect to reduce our annual interest expense by approximately $5.3 million for the year ending December 31, 2017 as compared to 2016.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we generated $421.3 million from the net proceeds of the Term Facility together with the net proceeds from the initial public offering. The net proceeds generated from the Term Facility and the initial public offering were used to repay in full the aggregate principal amount of the $400.0 million Notes, pay related premiums and expenses and pay down the $8.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Facility, which totaled $417.8 million.

Net cash used in financing activities during 2014 was due to payments made for offering costs.

Historically, our primary source of cash flows from financing activities is draws against our outstanding Revolving Facility. Going forward, we expect our primary source of cash flows from financing activities to be similar draws against our Revolving Facility, issuances of stock or other financing arrangements into which we may enter. Our primary historical uses of cash in financing activities are principal payments on our term loan and Revolving Facility. See “—External Sources of Liquidity.”

External Sources of Liquidity

On June 30, 2015, we completed our initial public offering, entered into a new $365.0 million seven-year Term Facility and amended and restated our Revolving Facility that has a borrowing capacity of $50.0 million. The net proceeds of the Term Facility and the initial public offering together with available cash were used to repay in full the aggregate principal amount of the $400.0 million Notes, and pay related premiums, interest and expenses and pay down $8.0 million of borrowings under the Revolving Facility.

As noted above, in September 2016, we completed a follow-on underwritten offering of 5,200,000 shares of common stock and utilized the net proceeds to us from this offering, combined with cash on hand, to prepay $55.0 million of the principal balance of our Term Facility. In November 2016, we completed a second follow-on underwritten offering that included 1,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us and utilized the net proceeds to us from this offering, combined with cash on hand, to prepay $20.0 million of the principal balance of our Term Facility. As of December 31, 2016, the principal balance outstanding on our Term Facility was $284.5 million.

We have the right to request an increase of the Term Facility in an aggregate amount up to $37.5 million plus additional amounts subject to certain leverage ratios. The term loans under the Term Facility bear interest, with pricing based from time to time at our election at (i) LIBOR plus a spread of 6.00% (with a LIBOR rate floor of 1.00%) or (ii) the Base Rate (as defined in our Term Facility) plus a spread of 5.00%. Interest under term loans based on (i) the LIBOR rate is payable at the end of each interest period (as defined in our Term Facility) and (ii) the Base Rate is payable at the end of each quarter. At December 31, 2016, our interest rate under the Term Facility was 7.00%. Our Term Facility is guaranteed by the Lantheus Holdings and Lantheus Real Estate, and obligations under the Term Facility are secured by substantially all the property and assets and all interests of Lantheus Holdings, LMI and Lantheus Real Estate.

 

75


Table of Contents

Our Term Facility contains a number of affirmative, negative, reporting and financial covenants, in each case subject to certain exceptions and materiality thresholds. Incremental borrowings under the Revolving Facility may affect our ability to comply with the covenants in the Term Facility, including the financial covenant restricting total net leverage, accordingly, we may be limited in utilizing our net Borrowing Base availability as a source of liquidity. Our Term Facility requires us to be in quarterly compliance, measured on a trailing four quarter basis. The financial covenants are displayed in the table below:

Term Facility Financial Covenants

 

Period

   Total Net Leverage Ratio

Q2 2016 to Q4 2016

       6.00 to 1.00

Q1 2017 to Q2 2017

       5.50 to 1.00

Thereafter

       5.00 to 1.00

The Term Facility contains usual and customary restrictions on the ability of us and our subsidiaries to: (i) incur additional indebtedness (ii) create liens; (iii) consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; (iv) sell certain assets; (v) pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make other restricted payments; (vi) make certain investments; (vii) repay subordinated indebtedness prior to stated maturity; and (viii) enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

As of December 31, 2016, we had an unfunded Standby Letter of Credit of $8.8 million. The unfunded Standby Letter of Credit requires annual fees, payable quarterly, which, subsequent to the amendment, is set at LIBOR plus a spread of 2.00% and expired in February 2017. It automatically renewed for a one-year period and will continue to automatically renew for a one-year period at each anniversary date, unless we elect not to renew in writing within 60 days prior to such expiration.

Our Revolving Facility is secured by a pledge of substantially all of the assets of LMI, together with the assets of the Company and assets of Lantheus Real Estate, including each such entity’s accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment, and is guaranteed by each of Lantheus Holdings and Lantheus Real Estate. Borrowing capacity is determined by reference to a borrowing base, or the Borrowing Base, which is based on (i) a percentage of certain eligible accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment minus (ii) any reserves. As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate Borrowing Base was approximately $44.6 million, which was reduced by an outstanding $8.8 million unfunded Standby Letter of Credit and $0.1 million in accrued interest, resulting in a net borrowing base availability of approximately $35.7 million.

The loans under our Revolving Facility bear interest with pricing based from time to time at our election at (i) LIBOR plus a spread of 2.00% or (ii) the Reference Rate (as defined in our Revolving Facility) plus a spread of 1.00%. Our Revolving Facility also includes an unused line fee of 0.375% and expires on June 30, 2020.

Our Revolving Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants, as well as restrictions on the ability of LMI, us and our subsidiaries to: (i) incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (ii) repay subordinated indebtedness prior to its stated maturity; (iii) pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make other restricted payments; (iv) make certain investments; (v) sell certain assets; (vi) create liens; (vii) consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and (viii) enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

Our Revolving Facility also contains customary default provisions as well as cash dominion provisions which allow the lender to sweep our accounts during the period (x) certain specified events of default are continuing under our Revolving Facility or (y) excess availability under our Revolving Facility falls below (i) the greater of $7.5 million or 15% of the then-current line cap (as defined in the Revolving Facility) for a period of more than five consecutive Business Days or (ii) $5.0 million. During a covenant trigger period, we are required to comply with a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.00:1.00. The fixed charge coverage

 

76


Table of Contents

ratio is calculated on a consolidated basis for Lantheus Holdings and its subsidiaries for a trailing four-fiscal quarter period basis, as (i) EBITDA (as defined in the agreement) minus capital expenditures minus certain restricted payments divided by (ii) interest plus taxes paid or payable in cash plus certain restricted payments made in cash plus scheduled principal payments paid or payable in cash.

Our ability to fund our future capital needs will be affected by our ability to continue to generate cash from operations and may be affected by our ability to access the capital markets, money markets, or other sources of funding, as well as the capacity and terms of our financing arrangements.

We may from time to time repurchase or otherwise retire our debt and take other steps to reduce our debt or otherwise improve our balance sheet. These actions may include open market repurchases of any notes outstanding, prepayments of our term loans or other retirements or refinancing of outstanding debt, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The amount of debt that may be repurchased or otherwise retired, if any, would be decided at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on market conditions, trading levels of our debt from time to time, our cash position and other considerations.

Funding Requirements

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    Our ability to have product manufactured and released from JHS and other manufacturing sites in a timely manner in the future;

 

    The pricing environment and the level of product sales of our currently marketed products, particularly DEFINITY and any additional products that we may market in the future;

 

    Revenue mix shifts and associated volume and selling price changes that could result from contractual status changes with key customers and additional competition;

 

    The costs of further commercialization of our existing products, particularly in international markets, including product marketing, sales and distribution and whether we obtain local partners to help share such commercialization costs;

 

    The costs of investing in our facilities, equipment and technology infrastructure;

 

    The costs and timing of establishing manufacturing and supply arrangements for commercial supplies of our products;

 

    The extent to which we acquire or invest in products, businesses and technologies;

 

    The extent to which we choose to establish collaboration, co- promotion, distribution or other similar arrangements for our marketed products;

 

    The legal costs relating to maintaining, expanding and enforcing our intellectual property portfolio, pursuing insurance or other claims and defending against product liability, regulatory compliance or other claims; and

 

    The cost of interest on any additional borrowings which we may incur under our financing arrangements.

Until we successfully become dual sourced for our principal products, we are vulnerable to future supply shortages. Disruption in the financial performance could also occur if we experience significant adverse changes in customer mix, broad economic downturns, adverse industry or company conditions or catastrophic external events. If we experience one or more of these events in the future, we may be required to implement additional expense reductions, such as a delay or elimination of discretionary spending in all functional areas, as well as scaling back select operating and strategic initiatives. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors—We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations.”

 

77


Table of Contents

If our capital resources become insufficient to meet our future capital requirements, we would need to finance our cash needs through public or private equity offerings, assets securitizations, debt financings, sale-leasebacks or other financing or strategic alternatives, to the extent such transactions are permissible under the covenants of the agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities. Additional equity or debt financing, or other transactions, may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. If any of these transactions require an amendment or waiver under the covenants in the agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities, which could result in additional expenses associated with obtaining the amendment or waiver, we will seek to obtain such a waiver to remain in compliance with those covenants. However, we cannot be assured that such an amendment or waiver would be granted, or that additional capital will be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

At December 31, 2016, our only current committed external source of funds is our borrowing availability under our Revolving Facility. We generated a net income of $26.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2016 and had $51.2 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2016. Availability under our Revolving Facility is calculated by reference to the Borrowing Base. If we are not successful in achieving our forecasted results, our accounts receivable and inventory could be negatively affected, reducing the Borrowing Base and limiting our borrowing availability. Our Term Facility contains a number of affirmative, negative, reporting and financial covenants, in each case subject to certain exceptions and materiality thresholds. Incremental borrowings under the Revolving Facility may affect our ability to comply with the covenants in the Term Facility, including the financial covenant restricting total net leverage. Accordingly, we may be limited in utilizing our net Borrowing Base availability as a source of liquidity.

Based on our current operating plans, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, results of operations and availability under our Revolving Facility will be sufficient to continue to fund our liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future.

Contractual Obligations

Contractual obligations represent future cash commitments and liabilities under agreements with third parties and exclude contingent contractual liabilities for which we cannot reasonably predict future payment, including contingencies related to potential future development, financing, certain suppliers, contingent royalty payments and/or scientific, regulatory, or commercial milestone payments under development agreements. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Payments Due by Period  

(in thousands)

   Total      Less than
1 Year
     1 - 3 Years      3 -5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Debt obligations (principal)

   $ 284,525       $ 3,650       $ 7,300       $ 7,300       $ 266,275   

Interest on debt obligations(1)

     105,853         19,821         38,875         37,853         9,304   

Operating lease obligations(2)

     1,840         251         471         471         647   

Purchase obligations

     9,743         4,460         5,283         —           —     

Capital lease obligations

     392         124         247         21         —     

Other long-term liabilities(3)

     —           —           —           —           —     

Asset retirement obligations(4)

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 402,353       $ 28,306       $ 52,176       $ 45,645       $ 276,226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amount relates to the minimum interest under the Term Facility.
(2) Operating leases include minimum payments under leases for our facilities and certain equipment.
(3) Our other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet include unrecognized tax benefits and related interest and penalties. As of December 31, 2016, we had unrecognized tax benefits of $33.2 million, which included interest and penalties, classified as noncurrent liabilities. At this time, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in individual years in connection with these tax liabilities; therefore, such amounts are not included in the above contractual obligation table.

 

78


Table of Contents
(4) We have excluded asset retirement obligations from the table above due to the uncertainty of the timing of the future cash outflows related to the decommissioning of our radioactive operations. As of December 31, 2016, the liability, which was approximately $9.4 million, was measured at the present value of the obligation expected to be incurred, of approximately $26.9 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are required to provide the NRC and Massachusetts Department of Public Health financial assurance demonstrating our ability to fund the decommissioning of our North Billerica, Massachusetts production facility upon closure, though we do not intend to close the facility. We have provided this financial assurance in the form of a $28.2 million surety bond and an $8.8 million letter of credit.

Since inception, we have not engaged in any other off-balance sheet arrangements, including structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Effects of Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a significant impact on our revenues or results of operations since inception. We expect our cost of product sales and other operating expenses will change in the future in line with periodic inflationary changes in price levels. Because we intend to retain and continue to use our property and equipment, we believe that the incremental inflation related to the replacement costs of those items will not materially affect our operations. However, the rate of inflation affects our expenses, such as those for employee compensation and contract services, which could increase our level of expenses and the rate at which we use our resources. While we generally believe that we will be able to offset the effect of price-level changes by adjusting our product prices and implementing operating efficiencies, any material unfavorable changes in price levels could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Recent Accounting Standards

Refer to Footnote 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements located under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information regarding recently issued accounting standards that may have a significant impact on our business.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These financial statements require us to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and other financial information. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions. In addition, our reported financial condition and results of operations could vary due to a change in the application of a particular accounting standard.

We believe the following represent our critical accounting policies and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue is generated from the sales of our diagnostic imaging agents to distributors, radiopharmacies and directly to hospitals and clinics. We recognize revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, title has passed, substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the customer, the selling price is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. For transactions for which revenue recognition criteria have not yet been met, the respective amounts are recorded as deferred revenue until that point in time

 

79


Table of Contents

when criteria are met and revenue can be recognized. Revenue is recognized net of reserves, which consist of allowances for returns and rebates. The estimates of these allowances are based on historical sales volumes and mix and require assumptions and judgments to be made in order to make those estimates. In the event that the sales mix is different from our estimates, we may be required to pay higher or lower returns and sales rebates than we previously estimated. Any changes to these estimates are recorded in the current period. In 2016, 2015 and 2014, these changes in estimates were not material to our results.

Inventory

Inventory includes material, direct labor and related manufacturing overhead, and are stated at the lower of cost or market determined on a first-in, first-out basis. We record inventory when we take title to the product. Any commitment for product ordered but not yet received is included as purchase commitments in our contractual obligations table. We assess the recoverability of inventory to determine whether adjustments for impairment are required. Inventory that is in excess of future requirements is written down to its estimated net realizable value-based upon estimates of forecasted demand for our products. The estimates of demand require assumptions to be made of future operating performance and customer demand. If actual demand is less than what has been forecasted by management, additional inventory write downs may be required.

Goodwill, Intangibles and Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill is not amortized, but is instead tested for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that it may be impaired. We have elected to perform the annual test of goodwill impairment as of October 31 of each year. All goodwill has been allocated to the U.S. reporting unit.

In performing tests for goodwill impairment, we are first permitted to perform a qualitative assessment about the likelihood of the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeding its fair value. If we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount based on the qualitative assessment, we are required to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described below to identify the potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of the goodwill impairment loss, if any, to be recognized for that reporting unit. However, if we conclude otherwise based on the qualitative assessment, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. The option to perform the qualitative assessment is not an accounting policy election and can be utilized at our discretion. Further, the qualitative assessment need not be applied to all reporting units in a given goodwill impairment test. For an individual reporting unit, if we elect not to perform the qualitative assessment, or if the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we must perform the two-step goodwill impairment test for the reporting unit. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value, then an impairment charge would be recorded.

In performing the annual goodwill impairment test, we bypassed the option to perform a qualitative assessment and proceeded directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. We completed our required annual impairment test for goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2016 and determined that the fair value of our reporting unit was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

We calculate the fair value of our reporting unit using the income approach and the market approach using level 3 inputs. The income approach utilizes discounted forecasted future cash flows and the market approach utilizes fair value multiples of comparable publicly traded companies. The discounted cash flows are based on our most recent long-term financial projections and are discounted using a risk adjusted rate of return, which is determined using estimates of market participant risk-adjusted weighted-average costs of capital and reflects the risks associated with achieving future cash flows. The market approach is calculated using the guideline company method, where we use market multiples derived from stock prices of companies engaged in the same or similar lines of business. There is not a quoted market price for our reporting unit, therefore, a combination of the

 

80


Table of Contents

two methods is utilized to derive the fair value of the business. We evaluate and weigh the results of these approaches as well as ensure we understand the basis of the results of these two methodologies. We believe the use of these two methodologies ensures a consistent and supportable method of determining our fair value that is consistent with the objective of measuring fair value. If the fair value were to decline, then we may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of those assets.

We test intangible and long-lived assets for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying value of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. We measure the recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If those assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment equals the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Any impairments are recorded as permanent reductions in the carrying amount of the assets. Long-lived assets, other than goodwill and other intangible assets, which are held for sale, are recorded at the lower of the carrying value or the fair market value less the estimated cost to sell.

Intangible assets, consisting of patents, trademarks and customer relationships related to our products are amortized in a method equivalent to the estimated utilization of the economic benefit of the asset. Trademarks and patents are amortized on a straight-line basis, and customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes has been determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial and tax bases of our assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax attributes are expected to be recovered or paid, and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when such changes are enacted.

Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. The assessment of whether or not a valuation allowance is required involves the weighing of both positive and negative evidence concerning both historical and prospective information with greater weight given to evidence that is objectively verifiable. A history of recent losses is negative evidence that is difficult to overcome with positive evidence. In evaluating prospective information, there are four sources of taxable income: reversals of taxable temporary differences, items that can be carried back to prior tax years (such as net operating losses), pre-tax income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Adjustments to the deferred tax valuation allowances are made in the period when those assessments are made.

In determining whether its deferred tax assets are more likely than not realizable, the Company evaluated all available positive and negative evidence, and weighted the evidence based on its objectivity. Evidence the Company considered included its history of net operating losses, which resulted in the Company recording a full valuation allowance for domestic deferred tax assets in 2011 and each year thereafter. The Company was profitable on a cumulative basis for the three years ended December 31, 2016, but substantially all of the profitability during that period was achieved during 2016.

The Company continues to evaluate other negative evidence including customer concentration and contractual risk, the risk of moly supply availability and cost, DEFINITY supplier risk, and certain product development risks, all of which provide for uncertainties around the Company’s future level of profitability. Based on the review of all available evidence, the Company determined that it has not yet attained a sustained level of profitability and the objectively verifiable negative evidence outweighed the positive evidence and it has continued to record a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realizable as of December 31, 2016. The Company will continue to assess the level of the valuation

 

81


Table of Contents

allowance required. If sufficient positive evidence exists in future periods to support a release of some or all of the valuation allowance, such a release would likely have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations.

We account for uncertain tax positions using a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements are recorded as adjustments to income taxes payable or receivable, or adjustments to deferred taxes, or both. We classify interest and penalties within the provision for income taxes.

We have a tax indemnification agreement with BMS related to certain contingent tax obligations arising prior to the acquisition of the business from BMS. The tax obligations are recognized in liabilities and the tax indemnification receivable is recognized within other noncurrent assets. The changes in the tax indemnification asset are recognized within other income, net in the statements of operations, and the changes in the related liabilities are recorded within the tax provision. Accordingly, as these reserves change, adjustments are included in the tax provision while the offsetting adjustment is included in other income. Assuming that the receivable from BMS continues to be considered recoverable by us, there is no net effect on earnings related to these liabilities and no net cash outflows.

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves certain estimates, assumptions and the application of complex tax regulations in numerous jurisdictions worldwide. Any material change in our estimates or assumptions, or the tax regulations, may have a material impact on our results of operations.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments to reduce these risks or for trading purposes and have not historically used derivative financial instruments or other financial instruments to hedge these economic exposures.

Interest Rate Risk

As a result of our Term Facility, we have substantial variable rate debt. Fluctuations in interest rates may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As of December 31, 2016, we had $284.5 million outstanding principal under our Term Facility with a variable interest rate that only varies to the extent LIBOR exceeds one percent.

Furthermore, we are subject to interest rate risk in connection with the Revolving Facility, which is variable rate indebtedness. Interest rate changes could increase the amount of our interest payments and thus negatively impact our future earnings and cash flows. As of December 31, 2016, there was an $8.8 million unfunded Standby Letter of Credit and $0.1 million accrued interest, which reduced availability to $35.7 million on the Revolving Facility. Any increase in the interest rate under the Revolving Facility may have a negative impact on our future earnings to the extent we have outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Facility. The effect of a 100 basis points adverse change in market interest rates, in excess of applicable minimum floors, on our interest expense would be approximately $3.4 million.

Historically, we have not used derivative financial instruments or other financial instruments to hedge such economic exposures.

Foreign Currency Risk

We face exposure to movements in foreign currency exchange rates whenever we, or any of our subsidiaries, enter into transactions with third parties that are denominated in currencies other than ours, or that subsidiary’s, functional currency. Intercompany transactions between entities that use different functional currencies also expose us to foreign currency risk.

 

82


Table of Contents

During years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the net impact of foreign currency changes on transactions was a loss of $0.9 million, $1.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Historically, we have not used derivative financial instruments or other financial instruments to hedge these economic exposures.

A portion of our earnings is generated by our foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currencies are other than the U.S. Dollar. Our earnings could be materially impacted by movements in foreign currency exchange rates upon the translation of the earnings of those subsidiaries into the U.S. Dollar. The Canadian Dollar presents the primary currency risk on our earnings. If the U.S. Dollar had been uniformly stronger by 10%, compared to the actual average exchange rates, our gross margin would have decreased by $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2016.

The cost of goods for our products that are manufactured in the U.S. are sold in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar by our foreign subsidiaries are also affected by foreign currency exchange rate movements. Our gross margin would have decreased by $1.4 million if the U.S. Dollar had been stronger by 10% when compared to the actual rates used during the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 as a result of this risk.

 

83


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

LANTHEUS HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     85   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

     86   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December  31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     87   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     88   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     89   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     90   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     91   

 

84


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Lantheus Holdings, Inc.

North Billerica, Massachusetts

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lantheus Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lantheus Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

February 23, 2017

 

85


Table of Contents

Lantheus Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2016     2015  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 51,178      $ 28,596   

Accounts receivable, net

     36,818        37,293   

Inventory

     17,640        15,622   

Other current assets

     5,183        3,851   

Assets held for sale

     —          4,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     110,819        90,006   

Property, plant & equipment, net

     94,187        95,654   

Intangibles, net

     15,118        20,496   

Goodwill

     15,714        15,714   

Other long-term assets

     20,060        20,509   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 255,898      $ 242,379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Current liabilities

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 3,650      $ 3,650   

Revolving line of credit

     —          —     

Accounts payable

     18,940        11,657   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     21,249        18,502   

Liabilities held for sale

     —          1,715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     43,839        35,524   

Asset retirement obligations

     9,370        8,145   

Long-term debt, net

     274,460        349,858   

Other long-term liabilities

     34,745        34,141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     362,414        427,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (see Notes 14 and 16)

    

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Preferred stock ($0.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized; no share issued and outstanding)

     —          —     

Common stock ($0.01 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 36,756,106 and 30,364,501 shares issued and outstanding, respectively)

     367        303   

Additional paid-in capital

     226,462        175,553   

Accumulated deficit

     (332,398     (359,160

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (947     (1,985
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (106,516     (185,289
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 255,898      $ 242,379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

86


Table of Contents

Lantheus Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015     2014  

Revenues

   $ 301,853      $ 293,461      $ 301,600   

Cost of goods sold

     164,073        157,939        176,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     137,780        135,522        125,519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

      

Sales and marketing

     36,542        34,740        35,116   

General and administrative

     38,832        43,894        37,313   

Research and development

     12,203        14,358        13,673   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     87,577        92,992        86,102   

Gain on sales of assets

     6,385        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     56,588        42,530        39,417   

Interest expense

     (26,618     (38,715     (42,288

Debt retirement costs

     (1,896     —          —     

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          (15,528     —     

Other income (expense), net

     220        (65     505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     28,294        (11,778     (2,366

Provision for income taxes

     1,532        2,968        1,195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 26,762      $ (14,746   $ (3,561
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share outstanding:

      

Basic

   $ 0.84      $ (0.60   $ (0.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.82      $ (0.60   $ (0.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     32,043,904        24,439,845        18,080,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     32,655,958        24,439,845        18,080,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

87


Table of Contents

Lantheus Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2015     2014  

Net income (loss)

   $ 26,762       $ (14,746   $ (3,561

Other comprehensive income (loss):

       

Reclassification adjustment for gains on sales of assets included in net income

     435         —          —     

Foreign currency translation

     603         (355     (1,236
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     1,038         (355     (1,236
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 27,800       $ (15,101   $ (4,797
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

88


Table of Contents

Lantheus Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Common Stock     Treasury
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance at January 1, 2014

    18,078,725      $ 181        (5,037   $ (106   $ 105,655      $ (340,853   $ (394   $ (235,517

Net share option exercise

    2,219        —          —          —          13        —          —          13   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (3,561     —          (3,561

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,236     (1,236

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          1,031        —          —          1,031   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    18,080,944        181        (5,037     (106     106,699        (344,414     (1,630     (239,270

Issuance of common stock from initial public offering, net of $6,362 issuance costs

    12,256,577        122        —          —          67,055        —          —          67,177   

Treasury stock retired

    —          —          5,037        106        (106     —          —          —     

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (14,746     —          (14,746

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (355     (355

Issuance of common stock

    40,000        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Shares withheld to cover taxes

    (13,020     —          —          —          (97     —          —          (97

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          2,002        —          —          2,002   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

    30,364,501        303        —          —          175,553        (359,160     (1,985     (185,289

Issuance of common stock, net of $2,080 issuance costs

    6,200,000        62        —          —          48,758        —          —          48,820   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          26,762        —          26,762   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          1,038        1,038   

Stock option exercises

    40,976        1        —          —          230        —          —          231   

Shares withheld to cover taxes

    (63,513     (1     —          —          (601     —          —          (602

Vesting of restricted stock awards

    214,142        2        —          —          (2     —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          2,524        —          —          2,524   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

    36,756,106      $ 367        —        $ —        $ 226,462      $ (332,398   $ (947   $ (106,516
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

89


Table of Contents

Lantheus Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015     2014  

Operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 26,762      $ (14,746   $ (3,561

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows from operating activities:

      

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     18,263        19,651        19,024   

Amortization of debt related costs

     1,603        2,431        2,708   

Debt retirement costs

     1,896        —          —     

Write-off of deferred offering and financing costs

     —          236        2,392   

Provision for bad debt

     53        773        303   

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

     1,342        1,359        1,593   

Stock-based compensation

     2,524        2,002        1,031   

Gain on sales of assets

     (6,385     —          —     

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          15,528        —     

Other

     1,129        1,894        (215

Long-term income tax receivable

     (200     230        2,719   

Long-term income tax payable and other long-term liabilities

     565        638        (2,560

Increases (decreases) in cash from operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (1,059     (14     (3,563

Inventory

     (3,626     (2,609     1,500   

Other current assets

     (155     (132     (865

Accounts payable

     5,700        (1,680     (4,047

Income taxes

     (112     187        68   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,342        (3,986     (4,937
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     49,642        21,762        11,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Capital expenditures

     (7,398     (13,151     (8,137

Proceeds from sale of assets

     10,605        —          227   

Redemption of certificate of deposit—restricted

     74        —          228   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     3,281        (13,151     (7,682
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     50,900        73,539        —     

Payments for public offering costs

     (2,006     (6,925     (2,064

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     —          360,438        —     

Payments on long-term debt

     (78,729     (1,900     (71

Payments on senior notes

     —          (400,000     —     

Payment for call premium on senior notes

     —          (9,752     —     

Deferred financing costs

     (11     (6,304     (175

Net movement in line of credit

     —          (8,000     —     

Proceeds from stock option exercises

     231        —          13   

Payments for minimum statutory tax withholding related to net share settlement of equity awards

     (602     (97     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (30,217     999        (2,297
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (124     (753     (450
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     22,582        8,857        1,161   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     28,596        19,739        18,578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 51,178      $ 28,596      $ 19,739   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

      

Cash paid during the period for:

      

Interest

   $ 24,441      $ 40,788      $ 39,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes, net of refunds of $82, $363 and $317, respectively

   $ 265      $ 174      $ 508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities

      

Additions of property, plant & equipment included in liabilities

   $ 4,990      $ 1,125      $ 2,916   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivable in connection with sale of Australian subsidiary

   $ 1,479      $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

90


Table of Contents

Lantheus Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business

Holdings, a Delaware corporation, is the parent company of Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (“LMI”), also a Delaware corporation.

The Company develops, manufactures and commercializes innovative diagnostic medical imaging agents and other products that assist clinicians in the diagnosis and treatment of cardiovascular and other diseases. The Company’s commercial products are used by cardiologists, nuclear physicians, radiologists, internal medicine physicians, sonographers and technologists working in a variety of clinical settings. The Company sells its products to radiopharmacies, integrated delivery networks, hospitals, clinics and group practices. The Company sells its products globally and has operations in the U.S., Puerto Rico and Canada and third-party distribution relationships in Europe, Canada, Australia, Asia Pacific and Latin America.

The Company has a portfolio of nine commercial products, which are diversified across a range of imaging modalities. The Company’s imaging agents include an ultrasound contrast agent and medical radiopharmaceuticals (including technetium generators), including the following:

 

    DEFINITY is the leading ultrasound contrast imaging agent used by cardiologists and sonographers during cardiac ultrasound, or echocardiography, exams based on revenue and usage. DEFINITY is an injectable agent that, in the U.S., is indicated for use in patients with suboptimal echocardiograms to assist in the visualization of the left ventricle, the main pumping chamber of the heart. The use of DEFINITY in echocardiography allows physicians to significantly improve their assessment of the function of the left ventricle.

 

    TechneLite is a self-contained system, or generator, of technetium (Tc99m), a radioisotope with a six hour half-life, used by radiopharmacies to prepare various nuclear imaging agents.

 

    Xenon Xe 133 Gas (“Xenon”) is a radiopharmaceutical gas that is inhaled and used to assess pulmonary function and also cerebral blood flow.

 

    Neurolite is an injectable, technetium-labeled imaging agent used with Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (“SPECT”) technology to identify the area within the brain where blood flow has been blocked or reduced due to stroke.

 

    Cardiolite is an injectable, technetium-labeled imaging agent, also known by its generic name sestamibi, used with SPECT technology in myocardial perfusion imaging (“MPI”), procedures that assess blood flow distribution to the heart.

In the U.S., the Company sells DEFINITY through its direct sales team that calls on healthcare providers in the echocardiography space, as well as group purchasing organizations and integrated delivery networks. The Company’s radiopharmaceutical products are primarily distributed through third-party commercial radiopharmacies.

The Company’s International operations consist of sales directly to end users through its wholly-owned radiopharmacy in Puerto Rico and sales through the Company’s distributors in Canada, Europe, Australia, Asia Pacific and Latin America.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial

 

91


Table of Contents

statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to conform the prior year consolidated financial statements and notes to the current year presentation. These reclassifications include:

 

    During the first quarter of 2016, the Company early adopted ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes on a retrospective basis. This standard requires all deferred taxes and liabilities, and any related valuation allowances, to be classified as non-current on the balance sheet. The adoption of this standard resulted in the reclassification of $0.1 million of current deferred tax assets to noncurrent deferred tax assets and $0.2 million of current deferred tax liabilities to noncurrent deferred tax liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2015.

 

    Reclassification of $9.1 million of computer software, net to property, plant & equipment, net in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2015.

Initial Public Offering

On June 25, 2015, in conjunction with its initial public offering (“IPO”), the Company effected a corporate reorganization, whereby Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. (formerly the direct parent of LMI and the direct subsidiary of Holdings) was merged with and into Holdings.

On June 30, 2015, the Company completed an IPO of its common stock at a price to the public of $6.00 per share. The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “LNTH”. The Company issued and sold 12,256,577 shares of common stock in the IPO, including 1,423,243 shares that were offered and sold pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise in full of their overallotment option. The IPO resulted in proceeds to the Company of approximately $67.2 million, after deducting $6.4 million in underwriting discounts, commissions and related expenses.

On June 30, 2015, the Company also entered into a $365.0 million senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Facility”). The net proceeds of the Term Facility, together with the net proceeds from the IPO and cash on hand of $10.9 million were used to repay in full the aggregate principal amount of LMI’s $400.0 million 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Senior Notes”), pay related premiums, interest and expenses and pay down the $8.0 million of outstanding borrowings under LMI’s $50.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”).

Manufacturing and Customer Concentrations, Liquidity and Management’s Plans

The Company currently relies on Jubilant HollisterStier (“JHS”) as its sole source manufacturer of DEFINITY, Neurolite and evacuation vials for TechneLite. The Company recently completed its technology transfer activities at JHS and received Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) approval for its Cardiolite product supply. The Company’s technology transfer activities with Pharmalucence for the manufacture and supply of DEFINITY have been repeatedly delayed, and the Company is now in the process of negotiating an exit to that arrangement. The Company currently has additional on-going technology transfer activities for its next generation DEFINITY product with Samsung BioLogics (“SBL”) but can give no assurances as to when that technology transfer will be completed and when the Company will actually receive supply of next generation DEFINITY product from SBL.

Until the Company successfully becomes dual sourced for its principal products, the Company is vulnerable to future supply shortages. Disruption in the Company’s financial performance could occur if it experiences significant adverse changes in customer mix, broad economic downturns, adverse industry or Company

 

92


Table of Contents

conditions or catastrophic external events. If the Company experiences one or more of these events in the future, it may be required to implement additional expense reductions, such as a delay or elimination of discretionary spending in all functional areas, as well as scaling back select operating and strategic initiatives.

During 2014, the Company utilized its Revolving Facility as a source of liquidity from time to time. Borrowing capacity under the Revolving Facility is calculated by reference to a borrowing base consisting of a percentage of certain eligible accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment minus any reserves (the “Borrowing Base”). If the Company is not successful in achieving its forecasted operating results, the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory could be negatively affected, thus reducing the Borrowing Base and limiting the Company’s borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate Borrowing Base was approximately $44.6 million, which was reduced by an $8.8 million unfunded Standby Letter of Credit and $0.1 million in accrued interest, resulting in a net Borrowing Base availability of approximately $35.7 million. The Company’s Term Facility contains a number of affirmative, negative, reporting and financial covenants, in each case subject to certain exceptions and materiality thresholds. Incremental borrowings under the Revolving Facility may affect the Company’s ability to comply with the covenants in the Term Facility, including the financial covenant restricting total net leverage. Accordingly, the Company may be limited in utilizing its net Borrowing Base availability as a source of liquidity.

Based on the Company’s current operating plans, the Company believes its existing cash and cash equivalents, cash generated by operating activities and availability under the Revolving Facility will be sufficient to continue to fund the Company’s liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The more significant estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, certain judgments regarding revenue recognition, goodwill, tangible and intangible asset valuation, inventory valuation, asset retirement obligations, income tax liabilities and related indemnification receivable, deferred tax assets and liabilities and accrued expenses. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates or assumptions.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, title has passed, the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the customer, the selling price is fixed and determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. For transactions for which all revenue recognition criteria have not yet been met, the respective amounts are recorded as deferred revenue until such point in time all criteria have been met and revenue can be recognized. Revenue is recognized net of reserves, which consist of allowances for returns and rebates.

Revenue arrangements with multiple elements are divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met, including whether the delivered element has stand-alone value to the customer. The arrangement’s consideration is then allocated to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of each deliverable. The estimated selling price of each deliverable is determined using the following hierarchy of values: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value; (ii) third-party evidence of selling price; and (iii) best estimate of selling price. The best estimate of selling price reflects the Company’s best estimate of what the selling price would be if the deliverable was regularly sold by the Company on a stand-alone basis. The consideration allocated to each unit of accounting is then recognized as the related goods or services are delivered, limited to the consideration that is not contingent upon future deliverables. Supply or service transactions may involve the charge of a nonrefundable initial fee with subsequent periodic payments for future

 

93


Table of Contents

products or services. The up-front fees, even if nonrefundable, are recognized as revenue as the products and/or services are delivered and performed over the term of the arrangement.

Product Returns

The Company provides a reserve for its estimate of sales recorded for which the related products are expected to be returned. The Company does not typically accept product returns unless an over shipment or non-conforming shipment was provided to the customer, or if the product was defective. The Company adjusts its estimate of product returns if it becomes aware of other factors that it believes could significantly impact its expected returns, including product recalls. These factors include its estimate of actual and historical return rates for non-conforming product and open return requests. Historically, the Company’s estimates of returns have approximated actual returns.

Shipping and Handling Revenues and Costs

The Company typically does not charge customers for shipping and handling costs, but any shipping and handling costs charged to customers are included in revenues. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold and were $13.6 million, $17.4 million and $19.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of amounts billed and currently due from customers. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses. In determining the allowance, consideration includes the probability of recoverability based on past experience and general economic factors. Certain accounts receivable may be fully reserved when the Company becomes aware of any specific collection issues.

Also included in accounts receivable are miscellaneous receivables of $0.7 million and $1.0 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Rebates and Allowances

Estimates for rebates and allowances represent the Company’s estimated obligations under contractual arrangements with third parties. Rebate accruals and allowances are recorded in the same period the related revenue is recognized, resulting in a reduction to revenue and the establishment of a liability which is included in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These rebates result from performance-based offers that are primarily based on attaining contractually specified sales volumes and growth, Medicaid rebate programs for certain products, administration fees of group purchasing organizations and certain distributor related commissions. The calculation of the accrual for these rebates and allowances is based on an estimate of the third party’s buying patterns and the resulting applicable contractual rebate or commission rate(s) to be earned over a contractual period.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial and tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax attributes are expected to be recovered or paid, and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when such changes are enacted.

Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. The assessment of whether or not a valuation allowance is required involves the

 

94


Table of Contents

weighing of both positive and negative evidence concerning both historical and prospective information with greater weight given to evidence that is objectively verifiable. A history of recent losses is negative evidence that is difficult to overcome with positive evidence. In evaluating prospective information there are four sources of taxable income: reversals of taxable temporary differences, items that can be carried back to prior tax years (such as net operating losses), pre-tax income, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Adjustments to the deferred tax valuation allowances are made in the period when those assessments are made.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements are recorded as adjustments to other long-term assets and liabilities, or adjustments to deferred taxes, or both. The Company classifies interest and penalties within the provision for income taxes.

Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, plus the potential dilutive effect of other securities if those securities were converted or exercised. During periods in which the Company incurs net losses, both basic and diluted loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding and potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the calculation because their effect would be anti-dilutive.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include savings deposits, certificates of deposit and money market funds that have original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

Concentration of Risks and Limited Suppliers

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade accounts receivable. The Company periodically reviews its accounts receivable for collectability and provides for an allowance for doubtful accounts to the extent that amounts are not expected to be collected. The Company sells primarily to large national distributors, which in turn, may resell the Company’s products.

The following table sets forth customers that contributed revenues of 10% or more during any of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and/or represented 10% or more of the total net accounts receivable balance at either December 31, 2016 or 2015:

 

     Accounts
Receivable

December 31,
    Revenues
Year Ended
December 31,
 
       2016         2015         2016         2015         2014    

Company A

     ***        ***        10.3     11.3     18.0

Company B

             13.1             12.9             11.4             11.9             11.1

 

*** Amount represented less than 10% for the reporting period

The Company relies on certain materials used in its development and manufacturing processes, some of which are procured from only one or a few sources. The failure of one of these suppliers to deliver on schedule could delay or interrupt the manufacturing or commercialization process and would adversely affect the Company’s operating results. In addition, a disruption in the commercial supply of, or a significant increase in the cost of one of the Company’s materials from these sources could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position and results of operations.

 

95


Table of Contents

Historically, an important supplier of Moly and Xenon was Nordion, which relied on the NRU reactor in Chalk River, Ontario. From November 2016 the NRU reactor transitioned from providing regular supply of medical isotopes to providing only an emergency back-up of HEU based Moly through March 2018. For Moly and Xenon, the Company had supply agreements with Nordion that expired on October 31, 2016. The Company currently has Moly supply agreements with NTP Radioisotopes (“NTP”), ANSTO and Institute for Radioelements (“IRE”), each with an expiration date of December 31, 2017 and a Xenon supply agreement with IRE which runs through June 30, 2019, subject to extensions. The Company currently relies on IRE as the sole supplier of bulk-unprocessed Xenon which the Company processes and finishes for its customers.

The Company currently relies on JHS as its sole source manufacturer of DEFINITY, Neurolite and evacuation vials for TechneLite. The Company recently completed its technology transfer activities at JHS and received FDA approval for its Cardiolite product supply. In the meantime, the Company has no other currently active supplier of DEFINITY, Neurolite and Cardiolite.

Based on current projections, the Company believes that it will have sufficient supply of DEFINITY, Neurolite, Cardiolite and evacuation vials from JHS to meet expected demand.

The following table sets forth revenues for each of the Company’s products representing 10% or more of revenues:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015     2014  

DEFINITY

             43.6             38.1             31.8

TechneLite

     32.9     24.7     31.0

Xenon

     ***        16.7     12.1

 

*** Amount represented less than 10% for the reporting period

Inventory

Inventory includes material, direct labor and related manufacturing overhead, and is stated at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis.

The Company assesses the recoverability of inventory to determine whether adjustments for excess and obsolete inventory are required. Inventory that is in excess of future requirements is written down to its estimated net realizable value based on product shelf life, forecasted demand and other factors.

Inventory costs associated with product that has not yet received regulatory approval are capitalized if the Company believes there is probable future commercial use of the product and future economic benefits of the asset. If future commercial use of the product is not probable, then inventory costs associated with such product are expensed as incurred. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no capitalized inventories associated with product that did not have regulatory approval.

 

96


Table of Contents

Property, Plant & Equipment

Property, plant & equipment are stated at cost. Replacements of major units of property are capitalized, and replaced properties are retired. Replacements of minor components of property and repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred. Certain costs to obtain or develop computer software are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the software. Depreciation and amortization is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives of the major classes of depreciable assets are as follows:

 

Class    Range of Estimated Useful Lives

Buildings

   50 years

Land improvements

   15 - 40 years

Machinery and equipment

   3 - 20 years

Furniture and fixtures

   15 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of lease term or 15 years

Computer software

   3-5 years

Upon retirement or other disposal of property, plant & equipment, the cost and related amount of accumulated depreciation are removed from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts, respectively. The difference, if any, between the net asset value and the proceeds is included in operating income.

Goodwill, Intangibles and Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill is not amortized, but is instead tested for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that they may be impaired. The Company has elected to perform the annual test for goodwill impairment as of October 31 of each year. All goodwill has been allocated to the U.S. reporting unit.

In performing tests for goodwill impairment, the Company is first permitted to perform a qualitative assessment about the likelihood of the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeding its fair value. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount based on the qualitative assessment, it is required to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described below to identify the potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of the goodwill impairment loss, if any, to be recognized for that reporting unit. However, if the Company concludes otherwise based on the qualitative assessment, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. The option to perform the qualitative assessment is not an accounting policy election and can be utilized at the Company’s discretion. Further, the qualitative assessment need not be applied to all reporting units in a given goodwill impairment test. For an individual reporting unit, if the Company elects not to perform the qualitative assessment, or if the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the Company must perform the two-step goodwill impairment test for the reporting unit. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value, then an impairment charge would be recorded.

In performing the annual goodwill impairment test in 2016 and 2015, the Company bypassed the option to perform a qualitative assessment and proceeded directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test.

The Company calculates the fair value of its reporting unit using the income approach and market approach using level 3 inputs. The income approach utilizes discounted forecasted future cash flows and the market approach utilizes fair value multiples of comparable publicly traded companies. The discounted cash flows are based on management’s long-term financial projections as of the valuation date and are discounted using a risk adjusted rate of return, which is determined using estimates of market participant risk-adjusted weighted-average costs of capital and reflects the risks associated with achieving future cash flows. The market approach is

 

97


Table of Contents

calculated using the guideline company method, where the Company uses market multiples derived from stock prices of companies engaged in the same or similar lines of business. There is not a quoted market price for the Company’s reporting unit, therefore, a combination of the two methods is utilized to derive the fair value of the business. The Company evaluated and weighed the results of these approaches as well as ensures it understands the basis of the results of these two methodologies. The Company believes the use of these two methodologies ensures a consistent and supportable method of determining its fair value that is consistent with the objective of measuring fair value. If the fair value were to decline, then the Company may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of those assets. The Company completed its required annual impairment test for goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2016 and determined that the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

The Company tests intangible and long-lived assets for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying value of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. The Company measures the recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If those assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment equals the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Any impairments are recorded as permanent reductions in the carrying amount of the assets. Long-lived assets, other than goodwill and other intangible assets that are held for sale are recorded at the lower of the carrying value or the fair market value less the estimated cost to sell.

During the first quarter of 2013, the Company executed a strategic shift in how it funds its research and development (“R&D”) programs, which significantly altered the expected future costs and revenue associated with the Company’s agents in development. Property, plant & equipment dedicated to R&D activities, which were impacted by the March 2013 R&D strategic shift, have a carrying value of $2.9 million as of December 31, 2016. The Company believes these fixed assets will be utilized for either internally funded ongoing R&D activities or R&D activities funded by a strategic partner. If the Company is not successful in finding a strategic partner, and there are no alternative uses for those fixed assets, they could be subject to impairment in the future.

Intangible assets, consisting of patents, trademarks and customer relationships related to the Company’s products are amortized in a method equivalent to the estimated utilization of the economic benefit of the asset. Trademarks and patents are amortized on a straight-line basis, and customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, product and environmental liability. The Company records accruals for those loss contingencies when it is probable that a liability will be incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company does not recognize gain contingencies until realized.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, including its cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate the carrying values of these instruments due to their short term nature. There are no assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2016. The estimated fair value of the Company’s Term Facility at both December 31, 2016 and 2015 approximates carrying value because the interest rate is subject to change with market interest rates.

Advertising and Promotion Costs

Advertising and promotion costs are expensed as incurred. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred $3.6 million, $3.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively in advertising and promotion costs, which are included in sales and marketing in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

98


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and relate primarily to the development of new products to add to the Company’s portfolio and costs related to its medical affairs and medical information functions. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.

Foreign Currency

The consolidated statements of operations of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. Dollars using net weighted average exchange rates. The net assets of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. Dollars using the end of period exchange rates. The impact from translating the net assets of these subsidiaries at changing rates are recorded in the foreign currency translation adjustment account, which is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheets.

Remeasurement of the Company’s foreign currency denominated transactions are included in net income. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, losses arising from foreign currency transactions totaled approximately $0.9 million, $1.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Transaction gains and losses are reported as a component of other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company’s stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date of the stock-based award based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which generally represents the vesting period, and includes an estimate of the awards that will be forfeited. The Company uses the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of stock options. The fair value of stock option awards is affected by the valuation assumptions, including the expected volatility based on comparable market participants, expected term of the option, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. When a contingent cash settlement of vested options becomes probable, the Company reclassifies its vested awards to a liability and accounts for any incremental compensation cost in the period in which the settlement becomes probable.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income, net consisted of the following:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2016      2015      2014  

Foreign currency losses

   $ (853    $ (1,752    $ (279

Tax indemnification income

     1,055         1,655         754   

Other income

     18         32         30   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

   $ 220       $ (65    $ 505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that, under U.S. GAAP, are excluded from net income. For the Company, such items consist primarily of foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company’s compliance with federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations may require it to remove or mitigate the effects of the disposal or release of chemical substances in jurisdictions where

 

99


Table of Contents

it does business or maintains properties. The Company establishes accruals when those costs are legally obligated and probable and can be reasonably estimated. Accrual amounts are estimated based on currently available information, regulatory requirements, remediation strategies, historical experience, the relative shares of the total remediation costs and a relevant discount rate, when the time periods of estimated costs can be reasonably predicted. Changes in these assumptions could impact the Company’s future reported results.

Self-Insurance Reserves

The Company’s consolidated balance sheets at both December 31, 2016 and 2015 include $0.4 million of accrued liabilities associated with employee medical costs that are retained by the Company. The Company estimates the required liability of those claims on an undiscounted basis based upon various assumptions which include, but are not limited to, the Company’s historical loss experience and projected loss development factors. The required liability is also subject to adjustment in the future based upon changes in claims experience, including changes in the number of incidents (frequency) and change in the ultimate cost per incident (severity). The Company also maintains a separate cash account to fund these medical claims and must maintain a minimum balance as determined by the plan administrator. The balance of this restricted cash account was approximately $0.1 million at both December 31, 2016 and 2015, and is included in other current assets.

Recent Accounting Standards

The following table provides a description of recent accounting pronouncements that could have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements:

 

Standard   Description   Effective Date
for Company
  Effect on the
Consolidated Financial
Statements

Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments   This standard addresses the presentation and classification of eight specific cash flow issues, including debt prepayment and extinguishment costs. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. Adoption is required on a retrospective basis unless it is impracticable to apply, in which case the amendments for those issues are to be applied prospectively as of the earliest date practicable.   January 1, 2018  

The Company does not expect the update to have

a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting  

ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the stock compensation guidance in Topic 718 and other related guidance providing the following amendments:

 

•    Accounting for income taxes upon vesting or exercise of share-based payments and related EPS effects

 

•    Classification of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows

 

•    Accounting for forfeitures

 

•    Liability classification exception for statutory tax withholding requirements

 

•    Cash flow presentation of employee taxes paid when an employer withholds shares for tax-withholding purposes

 

•    Elimination of the indefinite deferral in Topic 718.

 

For public business entities, the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods.

  January 1, 2017   The Company does not expect the update to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)   This ASU supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases in “Leases (Topic 840)” and generally requires all leases to be recognized in the statement of financial position. The provisions of ASU 2016-02 are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018; early adoption is permitted. The provisions of this ASU are to be applied using a modified retrospective approach.   January 1, 2019   The Company is currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

100


Table of Contents
Standard   Description   Effective Date
for Company
  Effect on the
Consolidated Financial
Statements
ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and related additional amendments ASU 2015-14, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-11, ASU 2016-12  

This ASU and related amendments affect any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets, unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The guidance in this ASU supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition and most industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance also includes a set of disclosure requirements that will provide users of financial statements with comprehensive information about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from a reporting organization’s contracts with customers. In August 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASU No. 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date,” which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017 for public companies and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method, with early adoption permitted as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within those annual periods.

 

The standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods:

 

•    A full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or

 

•    A retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures).

  January 1, 2018   The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements and has not yet determined the method by which it will adopt the standard in 2018.

Accounting Standards Adopted During the Year Ended December 31, 2016

ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes   During the first quarter of 2016, the Company early adopted ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes on a retrospective basis. This standard requires all deferred taxes and liabilities, and any related valuation allowances, to be classified as non-current on the balance sheet.   January 1, 2016   Adoption of this standard resulted in the reclassification of $0.1 million of current deferred tax assets to noncurrent deferred tax assets and $0.2 million of current deferred tax liabilities to noncurrent deferred tax liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2015.
ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern   This ASU requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. The ASU is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those periods) ending after December 15, 2016.   December 31, 2016   The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

101


Table of Contents

3. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In order to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements, financial instruments are categorized based on a hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels, which are described below:

 

    Level 1 — Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

    Level 2 — Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (i.e., interest rates, yield curves, etc.) and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs).

 

    Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that reflect a Company’s estimates about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The Company develops these inputs based on the best information available, including its own data.

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s financial assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are comprised of money market securities and are classified as cash equivalents. The Company invests excess cash from its operating cash accounts in overnight investments and reflects these amounts in cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1).

The tables below present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     December 31, 2016  

(in thousands)

       Total Fair    
Value
    
    (Level 1)    
    
    (Level 2)    
    
    (Level 3)    
 

Money market

   $         3,565       $         3,565       $         —         $         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,565       $ 3,565       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents
       December 31, 2015  

(in thousands)

     Total Fair
Value
      
(Level 1)
      
(Level 2)
      
(Level 3)
 

Money market

     $     1,586         $     1,586         $         —           $         —     

Certificates of deposit—restricted

       74           —             74           —     
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     $ 1,660         $ 1,586         $ 74         $ —     
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

4. Income Taxes

The components of income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31 were:

 

       Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

     2016        2015      2014  

U.S.

     $     23,736         $ (2,670    $ 2,201   

International

       4,558           (9,108      (4,567
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     $ 28,294         $     (11,778    $     (2,366
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes as of December 31 was:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2016      2015      2014  

Current

        

Federal

   $ (91    $ 265       $ (208

State

     1,689         2,386         1,285   

International

     (49      218         325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,549         2,869         1,402   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred

        

Federal

     —           —           (277

International

     (17      99         70   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (17      99         (207
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $     1,532       $     2,968       $     1,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

The Company’s provision for income taxes in the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was different from the amount computed by applying the statutory U.S. Federal income tax rate to income (loss) from operations before income taxes, as a result of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2016      2015      2014  

U.S. statutory rate

   $ 9,903      $ (4,122    $ (828

Permanent items

     (570      (782      (465

Write-off of foreign tax and research credits

     7,125        —          —    

Foreign tax credits

     (319      306        614  

Uncertain tax positions

     1,529        2,523        817  

Research credits

     90        (120      (1,204

State and local taxes

     433        478        234  

Impact of rate change on deferred taxes

     (383      749        61  

True-up of prior year tax

     (2,751      1,191        1,065  

Foreign tax rate differential

     (242      46        437  

Valuation allowance

     (13,292      2,704        958  

Tax on repatriation

     —          —          (500

Other

     9        (5      6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $       1,532      $       2,968      $       1,195  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

       December 31,  

(in thousands)

     2016      2015  

Deferred Tax Assets

       

Federal benefit of state tax liabilities

     $ 11,420      $ 11,112  

Reserves, accruals and other

       10,906        16,392  

Inventory obsolescence

       14,138        14,172  

Capitalized research and development

       18,861        22,431  

Amortization of intangibles other than goodwill

       8,040        20,553  

Net operating loss carryforwards

       80,808        72,416  

Depreciation

       492        2,301  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

       144,665        159,377  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

       

Reserves, accruals and other

       (287      (399

Customer relationships

       (3,398      (4,558

Depreciation

       —          —    
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability

       (3,685      (4,957

Less: Valuation allowance

       (140,915      (154,252
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 65      $ 168  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as:

       

Noncurrent deferred tax assets

     $ 65      $ 415  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

     $ —        $ (247
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the Company’s changes in uncertain tax positions for 2016, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Amount  

Beginning balance of uncertain tax positions as of January 1, 2014

   $ 14,002  

Additions related to current year tax positions

     —    

Reductions related to prior year tax positions

     (8

Settlements

     (1,434

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (416
  

 

 

 

Balance of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2014

     12,144  

Additions related to current year tax positions

     —    

Reductions related to prior year tax positions

     —    

Settlements

     (694

Lapse of statute of limitations

     —    
  

 

 

 

Balance of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2015

     11,450  

Additions related to current year tax positions

     —    

Reductions related to prior year tax positions

     —    

Settlements

     (593

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (416
  

 

 

 

Balance of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2016

   $       10,441  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $10.4 million and $11.5 million, respectively, all of which would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized. These amounts are primarily associated with domestic state tax issues, such as the allocation of income among various state tax jurisdictions and transfer pricing.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, total liabilities for tax obligations and associated interest and penalties were $34.4 million and $33.8 million, respectively, consisting of income tax provisions for uncertain tax benefits of $10.4 million and $11.7 million, interest accruals of $21.9 million and $19.9 million, and penalty accruals of $2.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, $33.2 million and $32.9 million, respectively, were included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and $1.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively have reduced the Company’s deferred tax assets. Included in the 2016, 2015 and 2014 tax provision is $2.0 million, $2.5 million and $1.2 million, respectively, relating to interest and penalties, net of benefits for reversals of uncertain tax position interest and penalties recognized upon settlements and lapse of statute of limitations.

In accordance with the Company’s acquisition of the medical imaging business from Bristol Myers Squibb (“BMS”) in 2008, the Company obtained a tax indemnification agreement with BMS related to certain tax obligations arising prior to the acquisition of the Company, for which the Company has the primary legal obligation. The tax indemnification receivable is recognized within other noncurrent assets. The total noncurrent asset related to the indemnification was $17.9 million and $17.6 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The changes in the tax indemnification asset are recognized within other income (expense), net, in the consolidated statement of operations. In accordance with the Company’s accounting policy, the change in the tax liability and penalties and interest associated with these obligations (net of any offsetting federal or state benefit) is recognized within the tax provision. Accordingly, as these reserves change, adjustments are included in the tax provision while the offsetting adjustment is included in other income (expense), net. Assuming that the receivable from BMS continues to be considered recoverable by the Company, there will be minimal net effect on earnings and net cash outflows related to these liabilities.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, BMS, on behalf of the Company, made payments totaling $0.7 million, $1.9 million and $6.3 million, respectively to a number of states in connection with prior year state income tax filings. The amount due from BMS, included within other long-term assets, decreased by $1.3 million, $1.6 million and $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, which represented the release of asset balances associated with pre-acquisition years.

 

105


Table of Contents

Included in other income (expense), net for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, is an expense of $0.8 million, $0.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively, relating to the reduction in the indemnification receivable from BMS associated with the expiration of statute of limitations and income of $1.8 million, $2.1 million and $1.9 million at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, relating to the increase in the indemnification receivable for current year interest and penalties.

The Company regularly assesses its ability to realize its deferred tax assets. Assessing the realization of deferred tax assets requires significant management judgment. In determining whether its deferred tax assets are more likely than not realizable, the Company evaluated all available positive and negative evidence, and weighted the evidence based on its objectivity. Evidence the Company considered included its history of net operating losses, which resulted in the Company recording a full valuation allowance for domestic deferred tax assets in 2011 and each year thereafter. The Company was profitable on a cumulative basis for the three years ended December 31, 2016, but substantially all of that profitability was achieved during 2016.

The Company continues to evaluate other negative evidence including customer concentration and contractual risk, the risk of Moly supply availability and cost, DEFINITY supplier risk and certain product development risks, all of which provide for uncertainties around the Company’s future level of profitability. Based on the review of all available evidence, the Company determined that it has not yet attained a sustained level of profitability and the objectively verifiable negative evidence outweighed the positive evidence and it has recorded a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realizable as of December 31, 2016. The Company will continue to assess the level of the valuation allowance required. If sufficient positive evidence exists in future periods to support a release of some or all of the valuation allowance, such a release would likely have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations.

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.

 

(in thousands)

   Amount  

Balance at January 1, 2014

   $ 151,339   

Charged to provision for income taxes

     958   

Foreign currency

     (159

Deductions

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     152,138   

Charged to provision for income taxes

     2,704   

Foreign currency

     (590

Deductions

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     154,252   

Charged to provision for income taxes

     (13,292

Foreign currency

     (45

Deductions

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 140,915   
  

 

 

 

The Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns remain subject to examination for three years. The state and foreign income tax returns remain subject to examination for periods varying from three to four years depending on the specific jurisdictions’ statute of limitations.

At December 31, 2016, the Company has federal net operating loss carryovers of $200.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2030 and completely expire in 2036. The Company has state research credits of $1.6 million, which will expire between 2024 and 2031. The Company has Massachusetts investment tax credits of approximately $0.4 million, which have no expiration date.

 

106


Table of Contents

The Company has concluded that an ownership change occurred during 2016, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. A Section 382 limitation now applies to the Company’s U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards, as well as its other U.S. tax attributes. The limitation was computed based on the value of the Company just prior to the ownership change. It is the Company’s view that its ability to utilize U.S. federal net operating losses within the carryforward period is not reduced by the limitation imposed by this ownership change. However, the Company’s U.S. research credit carryforwards and U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards will not be utilizable and as such these credits totaling $7.1 million have been removed from the gross deferred tax asset balances as of December 31, 2016.

5. Sales of Certain International Segment Assets

Sale of Certain Canadian Assets

During the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company committed to a plan to sell certain assets and liabilities associated with the Company’s Canadian operations in the International Segment. This event qualified for held for sale accounting and the Company determined that the fair value of the net assets being sold significantly exceeded the carrying value as of December 31, 2015. The transaction was finalized in the first quarter of 2016.

Effective January 7, 2016, the Canadian subsidiary of the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement (“Canadian Asset Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which it would sell substantially all of the assets of its Canadian radiopharmacy businesses and Gludef manufacturing and distribution business to one of its existing Canadian radiopharmacy customers.

The purchase price for the asset sale was $9.0 million in cash and also included a working capital adjustment of $0.5 million, which was settled in the third quarter of 2016. The Canadian Asset Purchase Agreement contained customary representations, warranties and covenants by each of the parties. Subject to certain limitations, the buyer will be indemnified for damages resulting from breaches or inaccuracies of the Company’s representations, warranties and covenants in the Canadian Asset Purchase Agreement.

As part of the transaction, the Company and the buyer also entered into a customary transition services agreement and a long-term supply contract under which the Company will supply the buyer with certain of the Company’s products on commercial terms and under which the buyer has agreed to certain product minimum purchase commitments.

The Company does not believe the sale of certain net assets in the international segment constituted a strategic shift that would have a major effect on its operations or financial results. As a result, this transaction is not classified as discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the Company has classified the assets and liabilities as held for sale as of December 31, 2015.

 

107


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the major classes of assets and liabilities sold as of January 12, 2016 (date of the sale) and held for sale as of December 31, 2015:

 

(in thousands)

     January 12,
2016
       December 31,
2015
 

Current Assets:

         

Accounts receivable, net

     $     2,620         $     2,512   

Inventory

       730           806   

Other current assets

       15           26   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current assets

       3,365           3,344   

Non-Current Assets:

         

Property, plant & equipment, net

       760           791   

Intangibles, net

       462           480   

Other long-term assets

       28           29   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total assets held for sale

     $ 4,615         $ 4,644   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

         

Accounts payable

     $ 435         $ 430   

Accrued expense and other liabilities

       858           1,285   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities held for sale

     $ 1,293         $ 1,715   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

This sale of assets resulted in a pre-tax book gain of $5.9 million, which is recorded within gain on sales of assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Sale of Australian Radiopharmacy Servicing Subsidiary

Effective August 11, 2016, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement (“Australian Share Purchase Agreement”) with one of its existing radiopharmacy customers under which it sold all of the stock of its Australian radiopharmacy servicing subsidiary.

The aggregate share sale price was AUD $2.0 million (approximately $1.5 million) in cash and also included a working capital adjustment of approximately AUD $2.0 million (approximately $1.5 million) for total expected proceeds of AUD $4.0 million (approximately $3.0 million) from the sale. As a result of this sale, the Company disposed of net assets of $2.2 million, primarily comprised of working capital accounts of $2.0 million.

This share sale resulted in an adjusted pre-tax book gain of $0.5 million, which is recorded within gain on sales of assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016. As a result of the sale of the Australian subsidiary, the Company reclassified $0.4 million from other comprehensive income to gain on sale of assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The Australian Share Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants by each of the parties. Subject to certain limitations, the buyer will be indemnified for damages resulting from breaches or inaccuracies of the Company’s representations, warranties and covenants in the Australian Share Purchase Agreement.

As part of the transaction, the Company and the buyer also entered into a long-term supply and distribution contract under which the Company will supply the buyer and its subsidiaries with the Company’s products on commercial terms and under which the buyer has agreed to certain product minimum purchase commitments.

The Company does not believe this sale of certain net assets in the international segment constituted a strategic shift that would have a major effect on its operations or financial results. As a result, this transaction is not classified as discontinued operations in the Company’s accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

108


Table of Contents

6. Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2016      2015  

Raw materials

   $ 9,658      $       7,506  

Work in process

     3,965        2,407  

Finished goods

     4,017        5,709  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Inventory

   $       17,640      $ 15,622  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $1.2 million of inventory classified within other long-term assets, which represents raw materials that are not expected to be used by the Company during the next twelve months.

7. Property, Plant & Equipment, Net

Property, plant & equipment consists of the following:

 

       December 31,  

(in thousands)

     2016        2015  

Land

     $ 14,950        $ 14,950  

Buildings

       70,628          68,941  

Machinery, equipment and fixtures

       65,407          60,787  

Computer software

       18,482          17,867  

Construction in progress

       7,224          9,099  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 
           176,691              171,644  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

       (82,504        (75,990
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Property, plant & equipment, net

     $ 94,187        $ 95,654  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property, plant & equipment was $12.1 million, $12.9 million and $10.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Included within machinery, equipment and fixtures are spare parts of approximately $2.4 million at both December 31, 2016 and 2015. Spare parts include replacement parts relating to plant & equipment and are either recognized as an expense when consumed or reclassified and capitalized as part of the related asset and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the related asset.

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, $0.6 million and $7.9 million, respectively, of capitalized software development costs were placed into service and removed out of construction in progress.

Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed of Other than by Sale

In December 2016, the Company approved plans to decommission certain long-lived assets associated with its North Billerica, Massachusetts campus. The Company expects the decommissioning to begin in the first half of 2017. As a result, the Company revised its estimate of the remaining useful lives of the affected long-lived assets to six months, which resulted in the recognition of accelerated depreciation expense of $0.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2016, which has been included in research and development expense in the consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2016, the net book value of these assets totaled $4.0 million.

 

109


Table of Contents

8. Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company considers the legal obligation to remediate its facilities upon a decommissioning of its radioactive related operations as an asset retirement obligation. The operations of the Company have radioactive production facilities at its North Billerica, Massachusetts and San Juan, Puerto Rico sites.

The Company is required to provide the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and Massachusetts Department of Public Health financial assurance demonstrating the Company’s ability to fund the decommissioning of the North Billerica, Massachusetts production facility upon closure, although the Company does not intend to close the facility. The Company has provided this financial assurance in the form of a $28.2 million surety bond, which is secured by an $8.8 million unfunded Standby Letter of Credit provided to the third party issuer of the bond.

The fair value of a liability for asset retirement obligations is recognized in the period in which the liability is incurred. As of December 31, 2016, the liability is measured at the present value of the obligation expected to be incurred, of approximately $26.9 million, and is adjusted in subsequent periods as accretion expense is recorded. The corresponding asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying values of the related property, plant & equipment and depreciated over the assets’ useful lives.

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s asset retirement obligations:

 

(in thousands)

   Amount  

Asset retirement obligations, January 1, 2014

   $ 6,385  

Revisions in estimated cash flows

     277  

Accretion expense

     773  
  

 

 

 

Asset retirement obligations, December 31, 2014

     7,435  

Revisions in estimated cash flows

     (37

Accretion expense

     747  
  

 

 

 

Asset retirement obligations, December 31, 2015

     8,145  

Revisions in estimated cash flows

     576  

Amounts settled

     (284

Accretion expense

     933  
  

 

 

 

Asset retirement obligations, December 31, 2016

   $       9,370  
  

 

 

 

9. Intangibles, Net

Intangibles, net consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2016  

(in thousands)

   Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net      Amortization
Method
 

Trademarks

   $ 13,540      $ (8,752    $ 4,788        Straight-line  

Customer relationships

     98,926        (89,705      9,221        Accelerated  

Patents

     42,780        (41,671      1,109        Straight-line  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 155,246      $ (140,128    $ 15,118     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     December 31, 2015  

(in thousands)

   Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net      Amortization
Method
 

Trademarks

   $ 13,540      $ (6,934    $ 6,606        Straight-line  

Customer relationships

     100,737        (88,564      12,173        Accelerated  

Patents

     42,780        (41,063      1,717        Straight-line  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 157,057      $ (136,561    $ 20,496     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

110


Table of Contents

The Company recorded amortization expense for its intangible assets of $5.1 million, $6.0 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The below table summarizes the estimated aggregate amortization expense expected to be recognized on the above intangible assets:

 

Year Ended December 31,

   Amount  
     (in thousands)  

2017

   $ 3,339   

2018

     2,645   

2019

     1,803   

2020

     1,568   

2021

     1,310   

2022 and thereafter

     4,453   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,118   
  

 

 

 

10. Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Accrued expenses are comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2016      2015  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 12,312       $ 10,525   

Freight, distribution and operations

     2,995         2,962   

Accrued rebates, discounts and chargebacks

     2,297         2,085   

Accrued professional fees

     1,701         1,493   

Other

     1,944         1,437   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

   $ 21,249       $ 18,502   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

11. Financing Arrangements

Term Facility

On June 30, 2015, LMI entered into a new $365.0 million seven-year Term Facility, which was issued net of a 1.25% discount of $4.6 million. LMI has a right to request an increase of the Term Facility in an aggregate amount up to $37.5 million plus additional amounts subject to certain leverage ratios. The net proceeds of the Term Facility, together with the net proceeds of the IPO and cash on hand, were used to refinance in full the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and pay related premiums, interest and expenses.

The term loans under the Term Facility bear interest, with pricing based from time to time at LMI’s election at (i) LIBOR plus a spread of 6.00% (with a LIBOR rate floor of 1.00%) or (ii) the Base Rate (as defined in the Term Facility Agreement) plus a spread of 5.00%. Interest under term loans based on (i) the LIBOR rate is payable at the end of each interest period (as defined in the Term Facility Agreement) and (ii) the Base Rate is payable at the end of each quarter. At December 31, 2016, the Company’s interest rate under the Term Facility was 7.00%.

LMI is permitted to voluntarily prepay the Term Facility, in whole or in part, with a premium applicable for the first six months of the Term Facility in connection with a repricing transaction. LMI is required to make quarterly payments, which began on September 30, 2015, in an amount equal to a quarter of a percent (0.25%) per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Facility. The remaining unpaid principal amount of the Term Facility will be payable on the maturity date, or June 30, 2022.

 

111


Table of Contents

The Term Facility will require LMI to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

 

    100% of the net cash proceeds of related to sales outside the ordinary course of business or other dispositions of assets (including as a result of casualty or condemnation, subject to certain exceptions); the Company may reinvest or commit to reinvest certain of those proceeds in assets useful in its business within 12 months;

 

    100% of the net cash proceeds from issuances or incurrence of debt, other than proceeds from debt permitted under the Term Facility and Revolving Facility;

 

    50% (with two leverage-based stepdowns) of the Company’s excess cash flow; and

 

    50% of net payments from the Zurich insurance settlement (as defined therein).

The foregoing mandatory prepayments will be applied to the scheduled installments of principal of the Term Facility in direct order of maturity.

The Term Facility is guaranteed by the Company and Lantheus Real Estate, and obligations under the Term Facility are secured by substantially all the assets and all interests of the Company, LMI and Lantheus Real Estate.

In September and November 2016, the Company made aggregate voluntary prepayments on the Term Facility of $75.0 million with the net proceeds to the Company of $48.8 million received from follow-on underwritten offerings of the Company’s common stock and approximately $26.2 million from available cash on hand. These voluntary prepayments each represented a partial extinguishment of the Term Facility. Accordingly, the Company wrote off $1.9 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discount, which are reflected as debt retirement costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The Company’s minimum payments of principal obligations under the Term Facility are as follows as of December 31, 2016:

 

(in thousands)

   Amount  

2017

   $ 3,650   

2018

     3,650   

2019

     3,650   

2020

     3,650   

2021

     3,650   

2022 and thereafter

     266,275   
  

 

 

 

Total principal outstanding

     284,525   

Unamortized debt discount

     (2,795

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     (3,620
  

 

 

 

Total

     278,110   

Less: current portion

     (3,650
  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 274,460   
  

 

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

Term Facility Covenants

The Term Facility contains a number of affirmative, negative, reporting and financial covenants, in each case subject to certain exceptions and materiality thresholds. The Term Facility requires the Company to be in quarterly compliance, measured on a trailing four quarter basis. The financial covenants are displayed in the table below:

Term Facility Financial Covenants

 

Period

   Total Net Leverage Ratio

Q2 2016 to Q4 2016

   6.00 to 1.00

Q1 2017 to Q2 2017

   5.50 to 1.00

Thereafter

   5.00 to 1.00

The Term Facility contains usual and customary restrictions on the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to: (i) incur additional indebtedness (ii) create liens; (iii) consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; (iv) sell certain assets; (v) pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make other restricted payments; (vi) make certain investments; (vii) repay subordinated indebtedness prior to stated maturity; and (viii) enter into certain transactions with its affiliates.

Senior Notes

LMI had $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding. The interest on the Notes was at a rate of 9.750% per year, payable on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The net proceeds of the Term Facility, together with the net proceeds of the IPO and cash on hand, were used to refinance in full the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and pay related premiums, interest and expenses. The Company satisfied and discharged its obligations under the Notes as of June 30, 2015. The notes and accrued interest were redeemed in full on July 30, 2015.

The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt totaling $15.5 million, which included a redemption premium of $9.7 million and a $5.8 million write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the Senior Notes. On June 30, 2015, the Company also paid the accrued interest to the redemption date totaling $3.3 million, which is included in interest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 on the consolidated statements of operations.

Revolving Line of Credit

At December 31, 2016, LMI has a Revolving Facility with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million. The loans under the Revolving Facility bear interest subject to a pricing grid based on average historical excess availability, with pricing based from time to time at the election of LMI at (i) LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 2.00% or (ii) the Reference Rate (as defined in the agreement) plus 1.00%. The Revolving Facility also includes an unused line fee of 0.375% and expires on June 30, 2020.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has an unfunded Standby Letter of Credit of $8.8 million. The unfunded Standby Letter of Credit requires an annual fee, payable quarterly, which is set at LIBOR plus a spread of 2.00% and expired during February 2017. It automatically renewed for a one year period and will continue to automatically renew for a one year period at each anniversary date, unless the Company elects not to renew in writing within 60 days prior to such expiration.

The Revolving Facility is guaranteed by Holdings and Lantheus Real Estate and is secured by a pledge of substantially all of the assets of each of the loan parties including accounts receivable, inventory and machinery

 

113


Table of Contents

and equipment. Borrowing capacity is determined by reference to a Borrowing Base, which is based on a percentage of certain eligible accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment minus any reserves. As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate Borrowing Base was approximately $44.6 million, which was reduced by an outstanding $8.8 million unfunded Standby Letter of Credit and $0.1 million in accrued interest, resulting in a net Borrowing Base availability of approximately $35.7 million.

Revolving Line of Credit Covenants

The Revolving Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants, as well as restrictions on the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to: (i) incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (ii) repay subordinated indebtedness prior to its stated maturity; (iii) pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make other restricted payments; (iv) make certain investments; (v) sell certain assets; (vi) create liens; (vii) consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; and (viii) enter into certain transactions with its affiliates. The Revolving Facility also contains customary default provisions as well as cash dominion provisions which allow the lender to sweep its accounts during the period certain specified events of default are continuing under the Revolving Facility or excess availability under the Revolving Facility falls below (i) the greater of $7.5 million or 15% of the then-current line cap (as defined in the Revolving Facility) for a period of more than five consecutive Business Days or (ii) $5.0 million. During a cash dominion period, the Company is required to comply with a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1:00:1:00. The fixed charge coverage ratio is calculated on a consolidated basis for Lantheus Holdings and its subsidiaries on a trailing four fiscal quarter period basis, as (i) EBITDA (as defined in the agreement) minus capital expenditures minus certain restricted payments divided by (ii) interest plus taxes paid or payable in cash plus certain restricted payments made in cash plus scheduled principal payments paid or payable in cash. Upon an event of default, the lender has the right to declare the loans and other obligations outstanding immediately due and payable and all commitments immediately terminated or reduced, and the lender may, after such events of default, require LMI to make deposits with respect to any outstanding letters of credit in an amount equal to 105% of the greatest amount for which such letter of credit may be drawn.

Financing Costs

On June 30, 2015, LMI incurred and capitalized approximately $5.9 million in debt issuance costs, consisting primarily of underwriting fees and expenses and legal fees in connection with the issuance of the Term Facility.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, LMI incurred approximately $0.4 million in fees and expenses, in connection with amendments under the previous facility, which are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Revolving Facility.

12. Stock-Based Compensation

Equity Incentive Plans

As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s approved equity incentive plans included the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (“2015 Plan”), the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (“2013 Plan”), and the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (“2008 Plan”). These plans are administered by the Board of Directors and permit the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and dividend equivalent rights (“DERs”) to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company. The Board of Directors may, at its sole discretion, grant DERs with respect to any award and such DER is treated as a separate award.

The Company has certain stock option and restricted stock awards outstanding under each of its equity incentive plans but, upon adoption of the 2015 Plan, no longer grants new equity awards under its 2008 and 2013 Plans. The Company adopted its 2015 Plan in June 2015 and subsequently amended the plan in April 2016 to increase the common stock reserved under the plan by 2,140,000 shares to 4,555,277 shares.

 

114


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense for both time based and performance based awards was recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2016      2015      2014  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 359      $ 192      $ 135  

Sales and marketing

     339        254        154  

General and administrative

     1,438        1,330        621  

Research and development

     388        226        121  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $     2,524      $     2,002      $     1,031  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock Options

Stock option awards under the 2015 Plan are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. Time based option awards vest based on time, typically four years, and performance based option awards vest based on the performance criteria specified in the grant. All option awards have a ten-year contractual term. The Company recognizes compensation costs for its time based awards on a straight-line basis equal to the vesting period. The compensation cost for performance based awards is recognized on a graded vesting basis, based on the probability of achieving the performance targets over the requisite service period for the entire award. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on the historic volatility of a selected peer group. Expected dividends represent the dividends expected to be issued at the date of grant. The expected term of options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate assumption is the U.S. Treasury rate at the date of the grant which most closely resembles the expected life of the options.

There were no stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2016. The table below summarizes the key assumptions used in valuing stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     2015    2014

Expected volatility

   26.0 – 30.0%    27.0 – 35.0%

Expected dividends

   —      —  

Expected life (in years)

   4.1 – 6.3    3.1 – 7.0

Risk-free interest rate

   1.3 – 1.9%    1.1 – 2.0%

 

115


Table of Contents

A summary of option activity for 2016 is presented below:

 

     Time
Based
    Performance
Based
    Stock
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

(Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2016

     945,043       235,930       1,180,973     $ 10.95        4.5      $ —    

Options granted

     —         —         —         —          

Options cancelled

     (63,387     (12,268     (75,655     16.26        

Options exercised

     (37,920     (3,056     (40,976     5.62        

Options forfeited and expired

     (25,405     (1,600     (27,005     15.66        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

     818,331       219,006       1,037,337       10.63        3.3      $ 1,915,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016

     801,677       210,929       1,012,606       10.58        3.3      $ 1,880,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2016

     648,149       203,302       851,451       10.39        3.2      $ 1,625,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

The weighted-average grant-date fair values of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $1.44 and $1.70, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2016, 40,976 options were exercised and the intrinsic value was $0.2 million. No stock options were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2015.

As of December 31, 2016, there was $0.3 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding stock options expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.3 years. In addition, performance based awards contain certain contingent features, such as change in control provisions, which allow for the vesting of previously forfeited and unvested awards.

Upon termination of employment, the Company had the right, which expired during the year ended December 31, 2016, to call shares held by employees that were purchased or acquired through option exercise. As a result of this right, upon termination of service, vested stock-based awards were reclassified to liability-based awards when it was probable the employee would exercise the option and the Company exercise its call right. The Company did not reclassify any equity awards to liability-based awards as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. There were no liability awards paid out during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Restricted Stock

A summary of restricted stock awards activity for 2016 is presented below:

 

     Shares      Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value Per
Share
 

Non-vested restricted stock, January 1, 2016

     1,088,168      $ 5.96  

Granted

     1,364,000        2.29  

Vested

     (214,142      5.88  

Forfeited

     (81,654      4.27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-vested restricted stock, December 31, 2016

     2,156,372      $ 3.71  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, there was $5.7 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding restricted stock expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years.

 

116


Table of Contents

13. Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

A summary of net income (loss) per common share for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 is presented below:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

   2016      2015     2014  

Net income (loss)

   $ 26,762       $ (14,746   $ (3,561
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding

     32,043,904         24,439,845        18,080,615   

Effect of dilutive restricted stock

     612,054         —          —     

Effect of dilutive stock options

     —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

     32,655,958         24,439,845        18,080,615   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic income (loss) per common share outstanding

   $ 0.84       $ (0.60   $ (0.20
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted income (loss) per common share outstanding

   $ 0.82       $ (0.60   $ (0.20
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Antidilutive securities excluded from diluted income (loss) per common share

       

Stock options and nonvested restricted stock

     1,562,893         2,269,141        1,531,110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

14. Commitments

The Company leases certain buildings, hardware and office space under operating leases and equipment under capital leases. In addition, the Company has entered into purchasing arrangements in which minimum quantities of goods or services have been committed to be purchased on an annual basis.

Minimum lease and purchase commitments under noncancelable arrangements are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ended December 31,

   Amount  

2017

   $ 4,835   

2018

     3,892   

2019

     2,109   

2020

     257   

2021

     235   

2022 and thereafter

     647   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease and purchase commitments

   $       11,975   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense was $0.4 million, $0.9 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The Company has entered into agreements which contain certain percentage volume purchase requirements. The Company has excluded these future purchase commitments from the table above since there are no minimum purchase commitments or payments under these agreements.

15. 401(k) Plan

The Company maintains a qualified 401(k) plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for its U.S. employees. The 401(k) Plan covers U.S. employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Under the terms of the 401(k) Plan, the employees may elect to make tax-deferred contributions through payroll deductions within statutory and plan

 

117


Table of Contents

limits, and the Company may elect to make non-elective discretionary contributions. The Company did not contribute any additional non-elective discretionary match during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. The Company may also make optional contributions to the 401(k) Plan for any plan year at its discretion. Expense recognized by the Company for matching contributions related to the 401(k) Plan was $1.6 million for both the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

16. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company is a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In addition, the Company has in the past been, and may in the future be, subject to investigations by governmental and regulatory authorities, which expose it to greater risks associated with litigation, regulatory or other proceedings, as a result of which the Company could be required to pay significant fines or penalties. The outcome of litigation, regulatory or other proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, and some lawsuits, claims, actions or proceedings may be disposed of unfavorably to the Company. In addition, intellectual property disputes often have a risk of injunctive relief which, if imposed against the Company, could materially and adversely affect its financial condition or results of operations.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has no material ongoing litigation in which the Company was a party or any material ongoing regulatory or other proceedings and had no knowledge of any investigations by government or regulatory authorities in which the Company is a target that could have a material adverse effect on its current business.

17. Related Party Transactions

Avista, the Company’s majority shareholder, provided certain advisory services to the Company pursuant to an advisory services and monitoring agreement. The Company was required to pay an annual fee of $1.0 million and other reasonable and customary advisory fees, as applicable, paid on a quarterly basis. The initial term of the agreement was seven years. On June 25, 2015, the Company exercised its right to terminate its advisory services and monitoring agreement with Avista. In connection with such termination, the Company paid Avista Capital Holdings, L.P. an aggregate termination fee of $6.5 million, which is included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015.

In the first quarter of 2016, the Company entered into a services agreement with INC to provide pharmacovigilance services. Avista and certain of its affiliates were principal owners of both INC and the Company during 2016. The agreement has a term of three years.

The Company purchases inventory supplies from VWR Scientific (“VWR”). Avista and certain of its affiliates are principal owners of both VWR and the Company.

Amounts billed and unbilled for related parties included in accounts payables and accrued expenses are immaterial at both December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Related party expenses consisted of the following:

 

          Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

  

Transaction Type

   2016      2015      2014  

Avista

   Advisory services and other charges    $ 12       $ 500       $ 1,000   

Avista

   Termination fee      —           6,500         —     

INC

   Pharmacovigilance      780         —           —     

VWR

   Inventory supplies      354         300         500   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total related party expenses

      $     1,146       $     7,300       $     1,500   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

18. Segment Information

The Company reports two operating segments, U.S. and International, based on geographic customer base. The results of these operating segments are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker, the President and Chief Executive Officer. The Company’s segments derive revenues through the manufacture, marketing, selling and distribution of medical imaging products, focused primarily on cardiovascular diagnostic imaging. All goodwill has been allocated to the U.S. operating segment. The Company does not identify or allocate assets to its segments.

Selected information for each business segment are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2016      2015      2014  

Revenues from external customers

        

U.S.

   $ 257,420       $ 235,824       $ 236,520   

International

     44,433         57,637         65,080   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues from external customers

   $ 301,853       $ 293,461       $ 301,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues by product

        

DEFINITY

   $ 131,612       $ 111,859       $ 95,760   

TechneLite

     99,217         72,562         93,588   

Xenon

     29,086         48,898         36,549   

Other

     41,938         60,142         75,703   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 301,853       $ 293,461       $ 301,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Geographical revenues

        

U.S.

   $ 257,420       $ 235,824       $ 236,520   

Canada

     18,918         28,340         31,363   

All other

     25,515         29,297         33,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 301,853       $ 293,461       $ 301,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

        

U.S.

   $ 46,909       $ 42,008       $ 30,215   

International

     9,679         522         9,202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     56,588         42,530         39,417   

Interest expense

     (26,618      (38,715      (42,288

Debt retirement costs

     (1,896      —           —     

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —           (15,528      —     

Other (expense) income, net

     220         (65      505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 28,294       $ (11,778    $ (2,366
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

        

U.S.

   $ 15,995       $ 17,054       $ 16,055   

International

     1,335         1,850         2,196   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17,330       $ 18,904       $ 18,251   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents
     December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2016      2015  

Long-lived assets

     

U.S.

   $ 92,650      $ 93,359  

International

     1,537        2,295  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Long-lived assets

   $ 94,187      $ 95,654  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

19. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

(in thousands)

   Balance at
Beginning of
Fiscal Year
     Charged to
Income
     Deductions
from
Reserves(1)
    Other
Adjustments
    Balance at
End of Fiscal
Year
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

            

Year ended December 31, 2016

   $ 881      $ 53      $ (30   $ 65     $ 969  

Year ended December 31, 2015

   $ 585      $ 773      $ (477   $ —       $ 881  

Year ended December 31, 2014

   $ 290      $ 303      $ (8   $ —       $ 585  

Rebates and allowances:

            

Year ended December 31, 2016

   $ 2,303      $ 7,255      $ (6,809   $ (452   $ 2,297  

Year ended December 31, 2015

   $ 2,164      $ 6,413      $ (6,190   $ (84   $ 2,303  

Year ended December 31, 2014

   $ 1,739      $ 5,773      $ (5,330   $ (18   $ 2,164  

 

(1) Amounts charged to deductions from allowance for doubtful accounts represent the write-off of uncollectible balances and represent payments for rebates and allowances.

20. Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data (Unaudited)

Summarized quarterly consolidated financial data for 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

     Quarterly Periods During Year Ended
December 31, 2016
 
     Q1      Q2     Q3      Q4  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Revenues

   $ 76,474      $ 77,966     $ 73,063      $ 74,350  

Gross profit

   $ 33,701      $ 35,751     $ 33,681      $ 34,647  

Net income

   $ 10,323      $ 7,350     $ 4,220      $ 4,869  

Basic income per weighted-average share(1)

   $ 0.34      $ 0.24     $ 0.14      $ 0.13  

Diluted income per weighted-average share(1)

   $ 0.34      $ 0.24     $ 0.13      $ 0.13  
     Quarterly Periods During Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 
     Q1      Q2     Q3      Q4  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Revenues

   $ 74,823      $ 73,314     $ 74,123      $ 71,201  

Gross Profit

   $ 35,769      $ 32,667     $ 33,705      $ 33,381  

Net income (loss)

   $ 375      $ (24,423 )(2)    $ 5,386      $ 3,916  

Basic income (loss) per weighted-average share(1)

   $ 0.02      $ (1.29   $ 0.18      $ 0.13  

Diluted income (loss) per weighted-average share(1)

   $ 0.02      $ (1.29   $ 0.18      $ 0.13  

 

(1) Quarterly and annual computations are prepared independently. Accordingly, the sum of each quarter may not necessarily total the fiscal year period amounts noted elsewhere within this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(2) Included in the net loss for the second quarter of 2015 is a $15.5 million loss on extinguishment of debt related to the redemption of the Company’s Senior Notes, a $6.5 million payment for the termination of its advisory services and monitoring agreement with Avista and $3.3 million interest payment made for interest through the redemption date (July 30, 2015) on the Company’s Senior Notes.

 

120


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based on this evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2016, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

We do not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting in this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”). As a company with less than $1 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements or up to five years that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include, among other matters:

 

    Exemption from the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting;

 

    Exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

 

    Exemption from the requirement to seek non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute arrangements; and

 

    Reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements.

We will remain an emerging growth company until December 31, 2020 unless, prior to that time, we have (i) more than $1 billion in annual revenue, (ii) have a market value for our common stock held by non-affiliates of more than $700 million as of the last day of our second fiscal quarter of the fiscal year when a determination is made that we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or (iii) issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. As a result, we were not required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to, and report on, internal controls over financial reporting.

 

121


Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

122


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Pursuant to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have adopted a code of conduct and ethics for all of our employees, including our CEO, CFO and other senior financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and each of the non-employee directors on our Board of Directors. Our Company Code of Conduct is currently available on our website, www.lantheus.com. The information on our web site is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We intend to provide any required disclosure of any amendment to or waiver from such code that applies to our CEO, CFO and other senior financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC.

The additional information required with respect to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our year ended December  31, 2016.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required with respect to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our year ended December  31, 2016.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required with respect to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our year ended December  31, 2016.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required with respect to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our year ended December  31, 2016.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required with respect to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our year ended December 31, 2016.

 

123


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements

Included in Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     85   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

     86   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December  31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     87   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     88   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     89   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     90   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     91   

(a)(2) Schedules

None.

(a)(3) Exhibits

The exhibits are included in the Exhibit Index that appears at the end of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

 

124


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

LANTHEUS HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

 

/S/ MARY ANNE HEINO

Name:

  Mary Anne Heino

Title:

  President and Chief Executive Officer

Date:

  February 23, 2017

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Lantheus Holdings, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Mary Anne Heino, John W. Crowley and Michael P. Duffy, and each of them individually, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, our true and lawful attorneys, with full powers to them and each of them to sign for us, in our names and in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that any such attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/ MARY ANNE HEINO

Mary Anne Heino

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   February 23, 2017

/S/ JOHN W. CROWLEY

John W. Crowley

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)
  February 23, 2017

/S/ BRIAN MARKISON

Brian Markison

   Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors   February 23, 2017

/S/ DAVID BURGSTAHLER

David Burgstahler

  

Director

  February 23, 2017

/S/ JAMES CLEMMER

James Clemmer

  

Director

  February 23, 2017

/S/ SAMUEL R. LENO

Samuel R. Leno

  

Director

  February 23, 2017

/S/ JULIE H. MCHUGH

Julie H. McHugh

  

Director

  February 23, 2017

/S/ FREDERICK A. ROBERTSON

Frederick A. Robertson

  

Director

  February 23, 2017

 

125


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/ DERACE L. SCHAFFER

Derace L. Schaffer

  

Director

  February 23, 2017

/S/ SRIRAM VENKATARAMAN

Sriram Venkataraman

  

Director

  February 23, 2017

 

126


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

         

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

  

Form

  

File Number

  

Exhibit

  

Filing Date

2.1†    Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement, effective January 7, 2016, by and between Lantheus MI Canada, Inc. and Isologic Innovative Radiopharmaceuticals Ltd.    10-Q/A    001-36569    2.1    August 25,
2016
2.2†    Share Purchase Agreement, effective August 11, 2016, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Global Medical Solutions, Ltd.    10-Q    001-36569    10.1    November 1,
2016
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lantheus Holdings, Inc.    8-K    001-36569    3.1    June 30, 2015
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Lantheus Holdings, Inc.    8-K    001-36569    3.2    June 30, 2015
4.1    Common Stock Certificate.    8-K    001-36569    4.1    June 30, 2015
4.2    Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2010, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee.    S-4    333-169785    4.1    October 6, 2010
4.3    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2011, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee.    8-K    333-169785    4.1    March 16, 2011
4.4    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2011, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee.    8-K    333-169785    4.1    March 21, 2011
4.5    Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 10, 2010, by and among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, as guarantors, and Jefferies & Company, Inc.    S-4    333-169785    4.2    October 6, 2010
4.6    Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 21, 2011, by and among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Jefferies & Company, Inc., as representative of the initial purchasers and the guarantors party thereto.    8-K    333-169785    4.2    March 21, 2011
4.7    Form of 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.2).    S-4    333-169785    4.1    October 6, 2010
4.8    Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 25, 2015, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee.    8-K    001-36569    4.2    June 30, 2015

 

127


Table of Contents
         

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

  

Form

  

File Number

  

Exhibit

  

Filing Date

10.1    Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement, dated January 8, 2007, by and between ACP Lantern Acquisition, Inc. (now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.) and Avista Capital Holdings, L.P.    S-4    333-169785    10.3    October 6, 2010
10.2    Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2008 among Lantheus Holdings, Inc., Avista Capital Partners, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore), L.P., ACP-Lantern Co-Invest, LLC and certain management shareholders named therein.    S-4    333-169785    10.4    October 6, 2010
10.3    Employee Shareholders Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2008, among Lantheus Holdings, Inc., Avista Capital Partners, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore), L.P., ACP-Lantern Co-Invest, LLC and certain employee shareholders named therein.    S-4    333-169785    10.5    October 6, 2010
10.4†    Sales Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2009, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and NTP Radioisotopes (Pty) Ltd.    S-4    333-169785    10.9    December 23, 2010
10.5†    Amendment No. 1 to Sales Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2010, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and NTP Radioisotopes (Pty) Ltd.    S-4    333-169785    10.10    December 1, 2010
10.6†    Amendment No. 2 to Sales Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2010, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and NTP Radioisotopes (Pty) Ltd.    10-Q    333-169785    10.1    May 13, 2011
10.7†    Purchase and Supply Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2010, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Nordion (Canada) Inc. (formerly known as MDS Nordion, a division of MDS (Canada) Inc.).    S-4    333-169785    10.12    December 23, 2010
10.8†    Amendment No. 1 to the Purchase and Supply Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Nordion (Canada) Inc.    10-K    333-169785    10.13    March 8, 2011
10.9†    Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Supply Agreement (Thallium and Generators), dated as of December 29, 2009 between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Cardinal Health 414, LLC.    S-4    333-169785    10.26    December 1, 2010
10.10†    Amended and Restated Supply Agreement (Thallium and Generators), dated October 1, 2004, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Cardinal Health 414, LLC.    S-4    333-169785    10.14    December 23, 2010

 

128


Table of Contents
         

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

  

Form

  

File Number

  

Exhibit

  

Filing Date

10.11†    Distribution Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2001, by and between Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company (now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.) and Medi-Physics Inc., doing business as Amersham Health.    S-4    333-169785    10.16    December 29,
2010
10.12†    First Amendment to Distribution Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2005, by and between Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc. (formerly known as Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company and now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.) and Medi-Physics Inc., doing business as G.E. Healthcare.    S-4    333-169785    10.17    December 1, 2010
10.13+    Lantheus Holdings, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.    S-4    333-169785    10.18    October 6, 2010
10.14+    Amendment No. 1 to Lantheus Holdings, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.    S-4    333-169785    10.19    October 6, 2010
10.15+    Amendment No. 2 to Lantheus Holdings, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.    S-4    333-169785    10.20    October 6, 2010
10.16+    Form of Option Grant Award Agreement.    S-4    333-169785    10.21    October 6, 2010
10.17+    Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. Severance Plan Policy.    S-4    333-169785    10.24    October 6, 2010
10.18†    Second Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2012, to the Distribution Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2001, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., formerly known as Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc., and Medi-Physics, Inc., doing business as G.E. Healthcare Inc.    10-Q    333-169785    10.1    May 15, 2012
10.19†    Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2012, for the manufacture of DEFINITY® by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Jubilant HollisterStier LLC.    10-Q    333-169785    10.2    May 15, 2012
10.20†    First Amendment to Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2012, for the manufacture of DEFINITY® by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Jubilant HollisterStier LLC.    10-Q    333-169785    10.1    August 14, 2012
10.21†    Amendment No. 2, dated as of October 15, 2012, to the Purchase and Supply Agreement between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Nordion (Canada) Inc.    10-K    333-169785    10.52    March 29, 2013
10.22†    Amendment No. 3, effective as of October 1, 2012, to Sales Agreement between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and NTP Radioisotopes (Pty) Ltd.    10-K    333-169785    10.53    March 29, 2013

 

129


Table of Contents
         

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

  

Form

  

File Number

  

Exhibit

  

Filing Date

10.23†    Amendment No. 2, effective as of December 27, 2012, to the Amended and Restated Supply Agreement (Thallium and Generators) between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Cardinal Health 414, LLC.    10-K    333-169785    10.54    March 29, 2013
10.25†    Fission Mo-99 Supply Agreement, effective January 1, 2013, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and the Institut National des Radioelements.    10-Q    333-169785    10.1    May 10, 2013
10.26+    Lantheus Holdings, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.    8-K    333-169785    10.1    May 6, 2013
10.27+    Form of Employee Option Grant Award Agreement.    8-K    333-169785    10.2    May 6, 2013
10.28+    Form of Non-Employee Director Option Grant Award Agreement.    8-K    333-169785    10.3    May 6, 2013
10.30    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement date as of July 3, 2013, by and among Lantheus Medical Imaging Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate Inc., Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent and administrative agent and as sole lead arranger, book runner and syndication agent.    10-Q    333-169785    10.1    August 7, 2013
10.33+    Employment Agreement, effective August 12, 2013, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Cesare Orlandi.    10-K    333-169785    10.48    March 11, 2014
10.34    Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated June 24, 2014, by and among Lantheus Medical Imaging Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate Inc., Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent and administrative agent and as sole lead arranger, book runner and syndication agent.    S-1    333-196998    10.34    June 24, 2015
10.35    Amendment, dated June 25, 2015, to Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, among Lantheus Holdings, Inc., Avista Capital Partners, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore), L.P., ACP-Lantern Co-Invest, LLC and certain management shareholders named therein.    8-K    001-36569    10.2    June 30, 2015

 

130


Table of Contents
         

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

  

Form

  

File Number

  

Exhibit

  

Filing Date

10.36    Amendment, dated June 25, 2015, to Employee Shareholders Agreement, among Lantheus Holdings, Inc., Avista Capital Partners, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore), L.P., ACP-Lantern Co-Invest, LLC and certain employee shareholders named therein.    8-K    001-36569    10.3    June 30, 2015
10.37+    2015 Equity Incentive Plan of Lantheus Holdings, Inc.    S-1    333-196998    10.37    June 24, 2015
10.38+    Form of 2015 Restricted Stock Agreement of Lantheus Holdings, Inc.    S-1    333-196998    10.38    June 24, 2015
10.39+    Form of 2015 Option Award Agreement of Lantheus Holdings, Inc.    S-1    333-196998    10.39    June 24, 2015
10.40+    Form of Amendment to the Lantheus Holdings, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.    S-1    333-196998    10.40    June 24, 2015
10.41+    Form of Amendment to the Lantheus Holdings, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.    S-1    333-196998    10.41    June 24, 2015
10.42+    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective March 16, 2015, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Mary Anne Heino.    10-Q    333-169785    10.1    May 5, 2015
10.43    Affirmation and Assumption Agreement, dated June 25, 2015, to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated July 3, 2013, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc., Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent and administrative agent and as sole lead arranger, book runner and syndication agent.    8-K    001-36569    10.1    June 30, 2015
10.46    Term Loan Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2015, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., as borrower, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent, each of the lenders party thereto, and Lantheus Holdings, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, each as guarantors in respect thereto.    8-K    001-36569    10.4    June 30, 2015
10.47    Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2015, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., as borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, each of the lenders party thereto and Lantheus Holdings, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, each as guarantors in respect thereto.    8-K    001-36569    10.5    June 30, 2015
10.49+    Amendment, dated June 25, 2015, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective March 16, 2015, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Mary Anne Heino.    8-K    001-36569    10.7    June 30, 2015

 

131


Table of Contents
         

Incorporated by Reference

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

  

Form

    

File Number

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

 
10.50+    Amendment, dated June 25, 2015, to the Employment Agreement, dated August 12, 2013, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Cesare Orlandi.      8-K        001-36569        10.8       
June 30,
2015
 
 
10.52+    Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated August 31, 2015, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Mary Anne Heino.      10-Q        001-36569        10.2       
November 4,
2015
 
 
10.53†    Term Sheet for Supply Agreement, dated November 19, 2015, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Cardinal Health 414, LLC.      10-K        001-36569        10.53       
March 2,
2016
 
 
10.54+    Employment Agreement, effective August 12, 2013, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and John Crowley.      10-Q        001-36569        10.1        May 3, 2016  
10.55+    Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective June 22, 2015, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and John Crowley.      10-Q        001-36569        10.2        May 3, 2016  
10.56+    Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective March 25, 2016, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and John Crowley.      10-Q        001-36569        10.3        May 3, 2016  
10.57+    Amendment to Lantheus Holdings, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.      8-K        001-36569        10.1       
April 28,
2016
 
 
10.58†    Second Amendment, effective September 2, 2016, to the Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2012 and amended on May 3, 2012, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Jubilant HollisterSteir LLC.      10-Q        001-36569        10.2       
November 1,
2016
 
 
21.1*    Subsidiaries of Lantheus Holdings, Inc.            
23.1*    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.            
24.1*    Power of Attorney (included as part of the signature page hereto).            
31.1*    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).            
31.2*    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).            
32.1**    Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.            
101.INS*    XBRL Instance            
101.SCH*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema            
101.CAL*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation            
101.DEF*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition            

 

132


Table of Contents
         

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

  

Form

  

File
Number

  

Exhibit

  

Filing
Date

101.LAB*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels            
101.PRE*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation            

 

* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

133